Branch data Line data Source code
1 : : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 : : *
3 : : * trigger.c
4 : : * PostgreSQL TRIGGERs support code.
5 : : *
6 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
7 : : * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
8 : : *
9 : : * IDENTIFICATION
10 : : * src/backend/commands/trigger.c
11 : : *
12 : : *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 : : */
14 : : #include "postgres.h"
15 : :
16 : : #include "access/genam.h"
17 : : #include "access/htup_details.h"
18 : : #include "access/relation.h"
19 : : #include "access/sysattr.h"
20 : : #include "access/table.h"
21 : : #include "access/tableam.h"
22 : : #include "access/tupconvert.h"
23 : : #include "access/xact.h"
24 : : #include "catalog/catalog.h"
25 : : #include "catalog/dependency.h"
26 : : #include "catalog/indexing.h"
27 : : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
28 : : #include "catalog/partition.h"
29 : : #include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
30 : : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
31 : : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
32 : : #include "catalog/pg_trigger.h"
33 : : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
34 : : #include "commands/trigger.h"
35 : : #include "executor/executor.h"
36 : : #include "executor/instrument.h"
37 : : #include "miscadmin.h"
38 : : #include "nodes/bitmapset.h"
39 : : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
40 : : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
41 : : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
42 : : #include "parser/parse_collate.h"
43 : : #include "parser/parse_func.h"
44 : : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
45 : : #include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
46 : : #include "pgstat.h"
47 : : #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h"
48 : : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
49 : : #include "storage/lmgr.h"
50 : : #include "utils/acl.h"
51 : : #include "utils/builtins.h"
52 : : #include "utils/fmgroids.h"
53 : : #include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
54 : : #include "utils/inval.h"
55 : : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
56 : : #include "utils/memutils.h"
57 : : #include "utils/plancache.h"
58 : : #include "utils/rel.h"
59 : : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
60 : : #include "utils/syscache.h"
61 : : #include "utils/tuplestore.h"
62 : :
63 : :
64 : : /* GUC variables */
65 : : int SessionReplicationRole = SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_ORIGIN;
66 : :
67 : : /* How many levels deep into trigger execution are we? */
68 : : static int MyTriggerDepth = 0;
69 : :
70 : : /* Local function prototypes */
71 : : static void renametrig_internal(Relation tgrel, Relation targetrel,
72 : : HeapTuple trigtup, const char *newname,
73 : : const char *expected_name);
74 : : static void renametrig_partition(Relation tgrel, Oid partitionId,
75 : : Oid parentTriggerOid, const char *newname,
76 : : const char *expected_name);
77 : : static void SetTriggerFlags(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger);
78 : : static bool GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
79 : : EPQState *epqstate,
80 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
81 : : ItemPointer tid,
82 : : LockTupleMode lockmode,
83 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
84 : : bool do_epq_recheck,
85 : : TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
86 : : TM_Result *tmresultp,
87 : : TM_FailureData *tmfdp);
88 : : static bool TriggerEnabled(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
89 : : Trigger *trigger, TriggerEvent event,
90 : : Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
91 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot);
92 : : static HeapTuple ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
93 : : int tgindx,
94 : : FmgrInfo *finfo,
95 : : TriggerInstrumentation *instr,
96 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context);
97 : : static void AfterTriggerSaveEvent(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
98 : : ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
99 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
100 : : int event, bool row_trigger,
101 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot,
102 : : List *recheckIndexes, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
103 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
104 : : bool is_crosspart_update);
105 : : static void AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(void);
106 : : static bool before_stmt_triggers_fired(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType);
107 : : static HeapTuple check_modified_virtual_generated(TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple);
108 : :
109 : :
110 : : /*
111 : : * Create a trigger. Returns the address of the created trigger.
112 : : *
113 : : * queryString is the source text of the CREATE TRIGGER command.
114 : : * This must be supplied if a whenClause is specified, else it can be NULL.
115 : : *
116 : : * relOid, if nonzero, is the relation on which the trigger should be
117 : : * created. If zero, the name provided in the statement will be looked up.
118 : : *
119 : : * refRelOid, if nonzero, is the relation to which the constraint trigger
120 : : * refers. If zero, the constraint relation name provided in the statement
121 : : * will be looked up as needed.
122 : : *
123 : : * constraintOid, if nonzero, says that this trigger is being created
124 : : * internally to implement that constraint. A suitable pg_depend entry will
125 : : * be made to link the trigger to that constraint. constraintOid is zero when
126 : : * executing a user-entered CREATE TRIGGER command. (For CREATE CONSTRAINT
127 : : * TRIGGER, we build a pg_constraint entry internally.)
128 : : *
129 : : * indexOid, if nonzero, is the OID of an index associated with the constraint.
130 : : * We do nothing with this except store it into pg_trigger.tgconstrindid;
131 : : * but when creating a trigger for a deferrable unique constraint on a
132 : : * partitioned table, its children are looked up. Note we don't cope with
133 : : * invalid indexes in that case.
134 : : *
135 : : * funcoid, if nonzero, is the OID of the function to invoke. When this is
136 : : * given, stmt->funcname is ignored.
137 : : *
138 : : * parentTriggerOid, if nonzero, is a trigger that begets this one; so that
139 : : * if that trigger is dropped, this one should be too. There are two cases
140 : : * when a nonzero value is passed for this: 1) when this function recurses to
141 : : * create the trigger on partitions, 2) when creating child foreign key
142 : : * triggers; see CreateFKCheckTrigger() and createForeignKeyActionTriggers().
143 : : *
144 : : * If whenClause is passed, it is an already-transformed expression for
145 : : * WHEN. In this case, we ignore any that may come in stmt->whenClause.
146 : : *
147 : : * If isInternal is true then this is an internally-generated trigger.
148 : : * This argument sets the tgisinternal field of the pg_trigger entry, and
149 : : * if true causes us to modify the given trigger name to ensure uniqueness.
150 : : *
151 : : * When isInternal is not true we require ACL_TRIGGER permissions on the
152 : : * relation, as well as ACL_EXECUTE on the trigger function. For internal
153 : : * triggers the caller must apply any required permission checks.
154 : : *
155 : : * When called on partitioned tables, this function recurses to create the
156 : : * trigger on all the partitions, except if isInternal is true, in which
157 : : * case caller is expected to execute recursion on its own. in_partition
158 : : * indicates such a recursive call; outside callers should pass "false"
159 : : * (but see CloneRowTriggersToPartition).
160 : : */
161 : : ObjectAddress
162 : 11133 : CreateTrigger(const CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString,
163 : : Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid,
164 : : Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause,
165 : : bool isInternal, bool in_partition)
166 : : {
167 : : return
168 : 11133 : CreateTriggerFiringOn(stmt, queryString, relOid, refRelOid,
169 : : constraintOid, indexOid, funcoid,
170 : : parentTriggerOid, whenClause, isInternal,
171 : : in_partition, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN);
172 : : }
173 : :
174 : : /*
175 : : * Like the above; additionally the firing condition
176 : : * (always/origin/replica/disabled) can be specified.
177 : : */
178 : : ObjectAddress
179 : 11736 : CreateTriggerFiringOn(const CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString,
180 : : Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid,
181 : : Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid,
182 : : Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition,
183 : : char trigger_fires_when)
184 : : {
185 : : int16 tgtype;
186 : : int ncolumns;
187 : : int16 *columns;
188 : : int2vector *tgattr;
189 : : List *whenRtable;
190 : : char *qual;
191 : : Datum values[Natts_pg_trigger];
192 : : bool nulls[Natts_pg_trigger];
193 : : Relation rel;
194 : : AclResult aclresult;
195 : : Relation tgrel;
196 : : Relation pgrel;
197 : 11736 : HeapTuple tuple = NULL;
198 : : Oid funcrettype;
199 : 11736 : Oid trigoid = InvalidOid;
200 : : char internaltrigname[NAMEDATALEN];
201 : : char *trigname;
202 : 11736 : Oid constrrelid = InvalidOid;
203 : : ObjectAddress myself,
204 : : referenced;
205 : 11736 : char *oldtablename = NULL;
206 : 11736 : char *newtablename = NULL;
207 : : bool partition_recurse;
208 : 11736 : bool trigger_exists = false;
209 : 11736 : Oid existing_constraint_oid = InvalidOid;
210 : 11736 : bool existing_isInternal = false;
211 : 11736 : bool existing_isClone = false;
212 : :
213 [ + + ]: 11736 : if (OidIsValid(relOid))
214 : 9588 : rel = table_open(relOid, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
215 : : else
216 : 2148 : rel = table_openrv(stmt->relation, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
217 : :
218 : : /*
219 : : * Triggers must be on tables or views, and there are additional
220 : : * relation-type-specific restrictions.
221 : : */
222 [ + + ]: 11736 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
223 : : {
224 : : /* Tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
225 [ + + ]: 9668 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
226 [ + + ]: 8782 : stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
227 [ + - ]: 12 : ereport(ERROR,
228 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
229 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
230 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
231 : : errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
232 : : }
233 [ + + ]: 2068 : else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
234 : : {
235 : : /* Partitioned tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
236 [ + + ]: 1871 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
237 [ + + ]: 1795 : stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
238 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
239 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
240 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
241 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
242 : : errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
243 : :
244 : : /*
245 : : * FOR EACH ROW triggers have further restrictions
246 : : */
247 [ + + ]: 1867 : if (stmt->row)
248 : : {
249 : : /*
250 : : * Disallow use of transition tables.
251 : : *
252 : : * Note that we have another restriction about transition tables
253 : : * in partitions; search for 'has_superclass' below for an
254 : : * explanation. The check here is just to protect from the fact
255 : : * that if we allowed it here, the creation would succeed for a
256 : : * partitioned table with no partitions, but would be blocked by
257 : : * the other restriction when the first partition was created,
258 : : * which is very unfriendly behavior.
259 : : */
260 [ + + ]: 1703 : if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
261 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
262 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
263 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a partitioned table",
264 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
265 : : errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitioned tables.")));
266 : : }
267 : : }
268 [ + + ]: 197 : else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
269 : : {
270 : : /*
271 : : * Views can have INSTEAD OF triggers (which we check below are
272 : : * row-level), or statement-level BEFORE/AFTER triggers.
273 : : */
274 [ + + + + ]: 139 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD && stmt->row)
275 [ + - ]: 24 : ereport(ERROR,
276 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
277 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
278 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
279 : : errdetail("Views cannot have row-level BEFORE or AFTER triggers.")));
280 : : /* Disallow TRUNCATE triggers on VIEWs */
281 [ + + ]: 115 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(stmt->events))
282 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(ERROR,
283 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
284 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
285 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
286 : : errdetail("Views cannot have TRUNCATE triggers.")));
287 : : }
288 [ + - ]: 58 : else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
289 : : {
290 [ + + ]: 58 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
291 [ - + ]: 31 : stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
292 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
293 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
294 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
295 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
296 : : errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
297 : :
298 : : /*
299 : : * We disallow constraint triggers to protect the assumption that
300 : : * triggers on FKs can't be deferred. See notes with AfterTriggers
301 : : * data structures, below.
302 : : */
303 [ + + ]: 58 : if (stmt->isconstraint)
304 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
305 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
306 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
307 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
308 : : errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have constraint triggers.")));
309 : : }
310 : : else
311 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
312 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
313 : : errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
314 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
315 : : errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
316 : :
317 : : /*
318 : : * Conflict log tables are used internally for logical replication
319 : : * conflict logging and should not have triggers, as it could disrupt
320 : : * conflict logging.
321 : : */
322 [ + + ]: 11680 : if (IsConflictLogTableClass(rel->rd_rel))
323 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
324 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
325 : : errmsg("cannot create trigger on conflict log table \"%s\"",
326 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
327 : : errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
328 : :
329 [ + + + + ]: 11676 : if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
330 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
331 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
332 : : errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
333 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
334 : :
335 [ + + ]: 11675 : if (stmt->isconstraint)
336 : : {
337 : : /*
338 : : * We must take a lock on the target relation to protect against
339 : : * concurrent drop. It's not clear that AccessShareLock is strong
340 : : * enough, but we certainly need at least that much... otherwise, we
341 : : * might end up creating a pg_constraint entry referencing a
342 : : * nonexistent table.
343 : : */
344 [ + + ]: 9102 : if (OidIsValid(refRelOid))
345 : : {
346 : 8906 : LockRelationOid(refRelOid, AccessShareLock);
347 : 8906 : constrrelid = refRelOid;
348 : : }
349 [ + + ]: 196 : else if (stmt->constrrel != NULL)
350 : 16 : constrrelid = RangeVarGetRelid(stmt->constrrel, AccessShareLock,
351 : : false);
352 : : }
353 : :
354 : : /* permission checks */
355 [ + + ]: 11675 : if (!isInternal)
356 : : {
357 : 2690 : aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), GetUserId(),
358 : : ACL_TRIGGER);
359 [ - + ]: 2690 : if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
360 : 0 : aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind),
361 : 0 : RelationGetRelationName(rel));
362 : :
363 [ + + ]: 2690 : if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
364 : : {
365 : 28 : aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(constrrelid, GetUserId(),
366 : : ACL_TRIGGER);
367 [ - + ]: 28 : if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
368 : 0 : aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(constrrelid)),
369 : 0 : get_rel_name(constrrelid));
370 : : }
371 : : }
372 : :
373 : : /*
374 : : * When called on a partitioned table to create a FOR EACH ROW trigger
375 : : * that's not internal, we create one trigger for each partition, too.
376 : : *
377 : : * For that, we'd better hold lock on all of them ahead of time.
378 : : */
379 [ + + + + ]: 13668 : partition_recurse = !isInternal && stmt->row &&
380 [ + + ]: 1993 : rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
381 [ + + ]: 11675 : if (partition_recurse)
382 : 279 : list_free(find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel),
383 : : ShareRowExclusiveLock, NULL));
384 : :
385 : : /* Compute tgtype */
386 : 11675 : TRIGGER_CLEAR_TYPE(tgtype);
387 [ + + ]: 11675 : if (stmt->row)
388 : 10978 : TRIGGER_SETT_ROW(tgtype);
389 : 11675 : tgtype |= stmt->timing;
390 : 11675 : tgtype |= stmt->events;
391 : :
392 : : /* Disallow ROW-level TRUNCATE triggers */
393 [ + + - + ]: 11675 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
394 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
395 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
396 : : errmsg("TRUNCATE FOR EACH ROW triggers are not supported")));
397 : :
398 : : /* INSTEAD triggers must be row-level, and can't have WHEN or columns */
399 [ + + ]: 11675 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSTEAD(tgtype))
400 : : {
401 [ + + ]: 79 : if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
402 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
403 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
404 : : errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers must be FOR EACH ROW")));
405 [ + + ]: 75 : if (stmt->whenClause)
406 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
407 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
408 : : errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have WHEN conditions")));
409 [ + + ]: 71 : if (stmt->columns != NIL)
410 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
411 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
412 : : errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have column lists")));
413 : : }
414 : :
415 : : /*
416 : : * We don't yet support naming ROW transition variables, but the parser
417 : : * recognizes the syntax so we can give a nicer message here.
418 : : *
419 : : * Per standard, REFERENCING TABLE names are only allowed on AFTER
420 : : * triggers. Per standard, REFERENCING ROW names are not allowed with FOR
421 : : * EACH STATEMENT. Per standard, each OLD/NEW, ROW/TABLE permutation is
422 : : * only allowed once. Per standard, OLD may not be specified when
423 : : * creating a trigger only for INSERT, and NEW may not be specified when
424 : : * creating a trigger only for DELETE.
425 : : *
426 : : * Notice that the standard allows an AFTER ... FOR EACH ROW trigger to
427 : : * reference both ROW and TABLE transition data.
428 : : */
429 [ + + ]: 11663 : if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
430 : : {
431 : 324 : List *varList = stmt->transitionRels;
432 : : ListCell *lc;
433 : :
434 [ + - + + : 708 : foreach(lc, varList)
+ + ]
435 : : {
436 : 416 : TriggerTransition *tt = lfirst_node(TriggerTransition, lc);
437 : :
438 [ - + ]: 416 : if (!(tt->isTable))
439 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
440 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
441 : : errmsg("ROW variable naming in the REFERENCING clause is not supported"),
442 : : errhint("Use OLD TABLE or NEW TABLE for naming transition tables.")));
443 : :
444 : : /*
445 : : * Because of the above test, we omit further ROW-related testing
446 : : * below. If we later allow naming OLD and NEW ROW variables,
447 : : * adjustments will be needed below.
448 : : */
449 : :
450 [ + + ]: 416 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
451 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
452 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
453 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
454 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
455 : : errdetail("Triggers on foreign tables cannot have transition tables.")));
456 : :
457 [ + + ]: 412 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
458 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
459 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
460 : : errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
461 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
462 : : errdetail("Triggers on views cannot have transition tables.")));
463 : :
464 : : /*
465 : : * We currently don't allow row-level triggers with transition
466 : : * tables on partition or inheritance children. Such triggers
467 : : * would somehow need to see tuples converted to the format of the
468 : : * table they're attached to, and it's not clear which subset of
469 : : * tuples each child should see. See also the prohibitions in
470 : : * ATExecAttachPartition() and ATExecAddInherit().
471 : : */
472 [ + + + + ]: 408 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && has_superclass(rel->rd_id))
473 : : {
474 : : /* Use appropriate error message. */
475 [ + + ]: 8 : if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
476 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
477 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
478 : : errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitions")));
479 : : else
480 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
481 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
482 : : errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on inheritance children")));
483 : : }
484 : :
485 [ - + ]: 400 : if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
486 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
487 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
488 : : errmsg("transition table name can only be specified for an AFTER trigger")));
489 : :
490 [ + + ]: 400 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
491 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
492 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
493 : : errmsg("TRUNCATE triggers with transition tables are not supported")));
494 : :
495 : : /*
496 : : * We currently don't allow multi-event triggers ("INSERT OR
497 : : * UPDATE") with transition tables, because it's not clear how to
498 : : * handle INSERT ... ON CONFLICT statements which can fire both
499 : : * INSERT and UPDATE triggers. We show the inserted tuples to
500 : : * INSERT triggers and the updated tuples to UPDATE triggers, but
501 : : * it's not yet clear what INSERT OR UPDATE trigger should see.
502 : : * This restriction could be lifted if we can decide on the right
503 : : * semantics in a later release.
504 : : */
505 : 396 : if (((TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
506 : 396 : (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
507 [ + + ]: 396 : (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0)) != 1)
508 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
509 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
510 : : errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with more than one event")));
511 : :
512 : : /*
513 : : * We currently don't allow column-specific triggers with
514 : : * transition tables. Per spec, that seems to require
515 : : * accumulating separate transition tables for each combination of
516 : : * columns, which is a lot of work for a rather marginal feature.
517 : : */
518 [ + + ]: 392 : if (stmt->columns != NIL)
519 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
520 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
521 : : errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with column lists")));
522 : :
523 : : /*
524 : : * We disallow constraint triggers with transition tables, to
525 : : * protect the assumption that such triggers can't be deferred.
526 : : * See notes with AfterTriggers data structures, below.
527 : : *
528 : : * Currently this is enforced by the grammar, so just Assert here.
529 : : */
530 : : Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
531 : :
532 [ + + ]: 388 : if (tt->isNew)
533 : : {
534 [ + + ]: 204 : if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ||
535 [ - + ]: 109 : TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
536 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
537 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
538 : : errmsg("NEW TABLE can only be specified for an INSERT or UPDATE trigger")));
539 : :
540 [ - + ]: 204 : if (newtablename != NULL)
541 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
542 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
543 : : errmsg("NEW TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
544 : :
545 : 204 : newtablename = tt->name;
546 : : }
547 : : else
548 : : {
549 [ + + ]: 184 : if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ||
550 [ + + ]: 105 : TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
551 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
552 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
553 : : errmsg("OLD TABLE can only be specified for a DELETE or UPDATE trigger")));
554 : :
555 [ - + ]: 180 : if (oldtablename != NULL)
556 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
557 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
558 : : errmsg("OLD TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
559 : :
560 : 180 : oldtablename = tt->name;
561 : : }
562 : : }
563 : :
564 [ + + + + ]: 292 : if (newtablename != NULL && oldtablename != NULL &&
565 [ - + ]: 92 : strcmp(newtablename, oldtablename) == 0)
566 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
567 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
568 : : errmsg("OLD TABLE name and NEW TABLE name cannot be the same")));
569 : : }
570 : :
571 : : /*
572 : : * Parse the WHEN clause, if any and we weren't passed an already
573 : : * transformed one.
574 : : *
575 : : * Note that as a side effect, we fill whenRtable when parsing. If we got
576 : : * an already parsed clause, this does not occur, which is what we want --
577 : : * no point in adding redundant dependencies below.
578 : : */
579 [ + + + + ]: 11631 : if (!whenClause && stmt->whenClause)
580 : 88 : {
581 : : ParseState *pstate;
582 : : ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
583 : : List *varList;
584 : : ListCell *lc;
585 : :
586 : : /* Set up a pstate to parse with */
587 : 120 : pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
588 : 120 : pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
589 : :
590 : : /*
591 : : * Set up nsitems for OLD and NEW references.
592 : : *
593 : : * 'OLD' must always have varno equal to 1 and 'NEW' equal to 2.
594 : : */
595 : 120 : nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
596 : : AccessShareLock,
597 : : makeAlias("old", NIL),
598 : : false, false);
599 : 120 : addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
600 : 120 : nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
601 : : AccessShareLock,
602 : : makeAlias("new", NIL),
603 : : false, false);
604 : 120 : addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
605 : :
606 : : /* Transform expression. Copy to be sure we don't modify original */
607 : 120 : whenClause = transformWhereClause(pstate,
608 : 120 : copyObject(stmt->whenClause),
609 : : EXPR_KIND_TRIGGER_WHEN,
610 : : "WHEN");
611 : : /* we have to fix its collations too */
612 : 120 : assign_expr_collations(pstate, whenClause);
613 : :
614 : : /*
615 : : * Check for disallowed references to OLD/NEW.
616 : : *
617 : : * NB: pull_var_clause is okay here only because we don't allow
618 : : * subselects in WHEN clauses; it would fail to examine the contents
619 : : * of subselects.
620 : : */
621 : 120 : varList = pull_var_clause(whenClause, 0);
622 [ + + + + : 237 : foreach(lc, varList)
+ + ]
623 : : {
624 : 149 : Var *var = (Var *) lfirst(lc);
625 : :
626 [ + + - ]: 149 : switch (var->varno)
627 : : {
628 : 56 : case PRS2_OLD_VARNO:
629 [ + + ]: 56 : if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
630 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
631 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
632 : : errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
633 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
634 [ + + ]: 52 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype))
635 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
636 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
637 : : errmsg("INSERT trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference OLD values"),
638 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
639 : : /* system columns are okay here */
640 : 48 : break;
641 : 93 : case PRS2_NEW_VARNO:
642 [ - + ]: 93 : if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
643 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
644 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
645 : : errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
646 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
647 [ + + ]: 93 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype))
648 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
649 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
650 : : errmsg("DELETE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW values"),
651 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
652 [ + + + + ]: 89 : if (var->varattno < 0 && TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype))
653 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
654 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
655 : : errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW system columns"),
656 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
657 [ + + ]: 85 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
658 [ + + ]: 34 : var->varattno == 0 &&
659 [ + + ]: 12 : RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr &&
660 [ + + ]: 8 : (RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_stored ||
661 [ + - ]: 4 : RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_virtual))
662 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(ERROR,
663 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
664 : : errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
665 : : errdetail("A whole-row reference is used and the table contains generated columns."),
666 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
667 [ + + ]: 77 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
668 [ + + ]: 26 : var->varattno > 0 &&
669 [ + + ]: 22 : TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attgenerated)
670 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(ERROR,
671 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
672 : : errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
673 : : errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.",
674 : : NameStr(TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attname)),
675 : : parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
676 : 69 : break;
677 : 0 : default:
678 : : /* can't happen without add_missing_from, so just elog */
679 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "trigger WHEN condition cannot contain references to other relations");
680 : : break;
681 : : }
682 : : }
683 : :
684 : : /* we'll need the rtable for recordDependencyOnExpr */
685 : 88 : whenRtable = pstate->p_rtable;
686 : :
687 : 88 : qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
688 : :
689 : 88 : free_parsestate(pstate);
690 : : }
691 [ + + ]: 11511 : else if (!whenClause)
692 : : {
693 : 11483 : whenClause = NULL;
694 : 11483 : whenRtable = NIL;
695 : 11483 : qual = NULL;
696 : : }
697 : : else
698 : : {
699 : 28 : qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
700 : 28 : whenRtable = NIL;
701 : : }
702 : :
703 : : /*
704 : : * Find and validate the trigger function.
705 : : */
706 [ + + ]: 11599 : if (!OidIsValid(funcoid))
707 : 10996 : funcoid = LookupFuncName(stmt->funcname, 0, NULL, false);
708 [ + + ]: 11599 : if (!isInternal)
709 : : {
710 : 2614 : aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, funcoid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
711 [ - + ]: 2614 : if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
712 : 0 : aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION,
713 : 0 : NameListToString(stmt->funcname));
714 : : }
715 : 11599 : funcrettype = get_func_rettype(funcoid);
716 [ - + ]: 11599 : if (funcrettype != TRIGGEROID)
717 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
718 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
719 : : errmsg("function %s must return type %s",
720 : : NameListToString(stmt->funcname), "trigger")));
721 : :
722 : : /*
723 : : * Scan pg_trigger to see if there is already a trigger of the same name.
724 : : * Skip this for internally generated triggers, since we'll modify the
725 : : * name to be unique below.
726 : : *
727 : : * NOTE that this is cool only because we have ShareRowExclusiveLock on
728 : : * the relation, so the trigger set won't be changing underneath us.
729 : : */
730 : 11599 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
731 [ + + ]: 11599 : if (!isInternal)
732 : : {
733 : : ScanKeyData skeys[2];
734 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
735 : :
736 : 2614 : ScanKeyInit(&skeys[0],
737 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
738 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
739 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
740 : :
741 : 2614 : ScanKeyInit(&skeys[1],
742 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
743 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
744 : 2614 : CStringGetDatum(stmt->trigname));
745 : :
746 : 2614 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
747 : : NULL, 2, skeys);
748 : :
749 : : /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
750 [ + + ]: 2614 : if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
751 : : {
752 : 68 : Form_pg_trigger oldtrigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
753 : :
754 : 68 : trigoid = oldtrigger->oid;
755 : 68 : existing_constraint_oid = oldtrigger->tgconstraint;
756 : 68 : existing_isInternal = oldtrigger->tgisinternal;
757 : 68 : existing_isClone = OidIsValid(oldtrigger->tgparentid);
758 : 68 : trigger_exists = true;
759 : : /* copy the tuple to use in CatalogTupleUpdate() */
760 : 68 : tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
761 : : }
762 : 2614 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
763 : : }
764 : :
765 [ + + ]: 11599 : if (!trigger_exists)
766 : : {
767 : : /* Generate the OID for the new trigger. */
768 : 11531 : trigoid = GetNewOidWithIndex(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId,
769 : : Anum_pg_trigger_oid);
770 : : }
771 : : else
772 : : {
773 : : /*
774 : : * If OR REPLACE was specified, we'll replace the old trigger;
775 : : * otherwise complain about the duplicate name.
776 : : */
777 [ + + ]: 68 : if (!stmt->replace)
778 [ + - ]: 12 : ereport(ERROR,
779 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
780 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
781 : : stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
782 : :
783 : : /*
784 : : * An internal trigger or a child trigger (isClone) cannot be replaced
785 : : * by a user-defined trigger. However, skip this test when
786 : : * in_partition, because then we're recursing from a partitioned table
787 : : * and the check was made at the parent level.
788 : : */
789 [ + - + + ]: 56 : if ((existing_isInternal || existing_isClone) &&
790 [ + - + + ]: 40 : !isInternal && !in_partition)
791 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
792 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
793 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is an internal or a child trigger",
794 : : stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
795 : :
796 : : /*
797 : : * It is not allowed to replace with a constraint trigger; gram.y
798 : : * should have enforced this already.
799 : : */
800 : : Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
801 : :
802 : : /*
803 : : * It is not allowed to replace an existing constraint trigger,
804 : : * either. (The reason for these restrictions is partly that it seems
805 : : * difficult to deal with pending trigger events in such cases, and
806 : : * partly that the command might imply changing the constraint's
807 : : * properties as well, which doesn't seem nice.)
808 : : */
809 [ - + ]: 52 : if (OidIsValid(existing_constraint_oid))
810 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
811 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
812 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is a constraint trigger",
813 : : stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
814 : : }
815 : :
816 : : /*
817 : : * If it's a user-entered CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER command, make a
818 : : * corresponding pg_constraint entry.
819 : : */
820 [ + + + + ]: 11583 : if (stmt->isconstraint && !OidIsValid(constraintOid))
821 : : {
822 : : /* Internal callers should have made their own constraints */
823 : : Assert(!isInternal);
824 : 117 : constraintOid = CreateConstraintEntry(stmt->trigname,
825 : 117 : RelationGetNamespace(rel),
826 : : CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
827 : 117 : stmt->deferrable,
828 : 117 : stmt->initdeferred,
829 : : true, /* Is Enforced */
830 : : true,
831 : : InvalidOid, /* no parent */
832 : : RelationGetRelid(rel),
833 : : NULL, /* no conkey */
834 : : 0,
835 : : 0,
836 : : InvalidOid, /* no domain */
837 : : InvalidOid, /* no index */
838 : : InvalidOid, /* no foreign key */
839 : : NULL,
840 : : NULL,
841 : : NULL,
842 : : NULL,
843 : : 0,
844 : : ' ',
845 : : ' ',
846 : : NULL,
847 : : 0,
848 : : ' ',
849 : : NULL, /* no exclusion */
850 : : NULL, /* no check constraint */
851 : : NULL,
852 : : true, /* islocal */
853 : : 0, /* inhcount */
854 : : true, /* noinherit */
855 : : false, /* conperiod */
856 : : isInternal); /* is_internal */
857 : : }
858 : :
859 : : /*
860 : : * If trigger is internally generated, modify the provided trigger name to
861 : : * ensure uniqueness by appending the trigger OID. (Callers will usually
862 : : * supply a simple constant trigger name in these cases.)
863 : : */
864 [ + + ]: 11583 : if (isInternal)
865 : : {
866 : 8985 : snprintf(internaltrigname, sizeof(internaltrigname),
867 : 8985 : "%s_%u", stmt->trigname, trigoid);
868 : 8985 : trigname = internaltrigname;
869 : : }
870 : : else
871 : : {
872 : : /* user-defined trigger; use the specified trigger name as-is */
873 : 2598 : trigname = stmt->trigname;
874 : : }
875 : :
876 : : /*
877 : : * Build the new pg_trigger tuple.
878 : : */
879 : 11583 : memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
880 : :
881 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(trigoid);
882 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel));
883 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgparentid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(parentTriggerOid);
884 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
885 : : CStringGetDatum(trigname));
886 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgfoid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(funcoid);
887 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgtype - 1] = Int16GetDatum(tgtype);
888 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgenabled - 1] = CharGetDatum(trigger_fires_when);
889 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgisinternal - 1] = BoolGetDatum(isInternal);
890 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constrrelid);
891 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrindid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid);
892 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constraintOid);
893 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgdeferrable - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->deferrable);
894 : 11583 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tginitdeferred - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->initdeferred);
895 : :
896 [ + + ]: 11583 : if (stmt->args)
897 : : {
898 : : ListCell *le;
899 : : char *args;
900 : 473 : int16 nargs = list_length(stmt->args);
901 : 473 : int len = 0;
902 : :
903 [ + - + + : 1136 : foreach(le, stmt->args)
+ + ]
904 : : {
905 : 663 : char *ar = strVal(lfirst(le));
906 : :
907 : 663 : len += strlen(ar) + 4;
908 [ + + ]: 5184 : for (; *ar; ar++)
909 : : {
910 [ - + ]: 4521 : if (*ar == '\\')
911 : 0 : len++;
912 : : }
913 : : }
914 : 473 : args = (char *) palloc(len + 1);
915 : 473 : args[0] = '\0';
916 [ + - + + : 1136 : foreach(le, stmt->args)
+ + ]
917 : : {
918 : 663 : char *s = strVal(lfirst(le));
919 : 663 : char *d = args + strlen(args);
920 : :
921 [ + + ]: 5184 : while (*s)
922 : : {
923 [ - + ]: 4521 : if (*s == '\\')
924 : 0 : *d++ = '\\';
925 : 4521 : *d++ = *s++;
926 : : }
927 : 663 : strcpy(d, "\\000");
928 : : }
929 : 473 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(nargs);
930 : 473 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
931 : : CStringGetDatum(args));
932 : : }
933 : : else
934 : : {
935 : 11110 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(0);
936 : 11110 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
937 : : CStringGetDatum(""));
938 : : }
939 : :
940 : : /* build column number array if it's a column-specific trigger */
941 : 11583 : ncolumns = list_length(stmt->columns);
942 [ + + ]: 11583 : if (ncolumns == 0)
943 : 11498 : columns = NULL;
944 : : else
945 : : {
946 : : ListCell *cell;
947 : 85 : int i = 0;
948 : :
949 : 85 : columns = (int16 *) palloc(ncolumns * sizeof(int16));
950 [ + - + + : 175 : foreach(cell, stmt->columns)
+ + ]
951 : : {
952 : 94 : char *name = strVal(lfirst(cell));
953 : : int16 attnum;
954 : : int j;
955 : :
956 : : /* Lookup column name. System columns are not allowed */
957 : 94 : attnum = attnameAttNum(rel, name, false);
958 [ - + ]: 94 : if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
959 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
960 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
961 : : errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
962 : : name, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
963 : :
964 : : /* Check for duplicates */
965 [ + + ]: 99 : for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j--)
966 : : {
967 [ + + ]: 9 : if (columns[j] == attnum)
968 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
969 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
970 : : errmsg("column \"%s\" specified more than once",
971 : : name)));
972 : : }
973 : :
974 : 90 : columns[i++] = attnum;
975 : : }
976 : : }
977 : 11579 : tgattr = buildint2vector(columns, ncolumns);
978 : 11579 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1] = PointerGetDatum(tgattr);
979 : :
980 : : /* set tgqual if trigger has WHEN clause */
981 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (qual)
982 : 116 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = CStringGetTextDatum(qual);
983 : : else
984 : 11463 : nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = true;
985 : :
986 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (oldtablename)
987 : 180 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
988 : : CStringGetDatum(oldtablename));
989 : : else
990 : 11399 : nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = true;
991 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (newtablename)
992 : 204 : values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
993 : : CStringGetDatum(newtablename));
994 : : else
995 : 11375 : nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = true;
996 : :
997 : : /*
998 : : * Insert or replace tuple in pg_trigger.
999 : : */
1000 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (!trigger_exists)
1001 : : {
1002 : 11527 : tuple = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
1003 : 11527 : CatalogTupleInsert(tgrel, tuple);
1004 : : }
1005 : : else
1006 : : {
1007 : : HeapTuple newtup;
1008 : :
1009 : 52 : newtup = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
1010 : 52 : CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
1011 : 52 : heap_freetuple(newtup);
1012 : : }
1013 : :
1014 : 11579 : heap_freetuple(tuple); /* free either original or new tuple */
1015 : 11579 : table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1016 : :
1017 : 11579 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1]));
1018 : 11579 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1]));
1019 : 11579 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1]));
1020 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (oldtablename)
1021 : 180 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1]));
1022 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (newtablename)
1023 : 204 : pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1]));
1024 : :
1025 : : /*
1026 : : * Update relation's pg_class entry; if necessary; and if not, send an SI
1027 : : * message to make other backends (and this one) rebuild relcache entries.
1028 : : */
1029 : 11579 : pgrel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
1030 : 11579 : tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
1031 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
1032 [ - + ]: 11579 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
1033 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u",
1034 : : RelationGetRelid(rel));
1035 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (!((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers)
1036 : : {
1037 : 4319 : ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers = true;
1038 : :
1039 : 4319 : CatalogTupleUpdate(pgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
1040 : :
1041 : 4319 : CommandCounterIncrement();
1042 : : }
1043 : : else
1044 : 7260 : CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(tuple);
1045 : :
1046 : 11579 : heap_freetuple(tuple);
1047 : 11579 : table_close(pgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1048 : :
1049 : : /*
1050 : : * If we're replacing a trigger, flush all the old dependencies before
1051 : : * recording new ones.
1052 : : */
1053 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (trigger_exists)
1054 : 52 : deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, true);
1055 : :
1056 : : /*
1057 : : * Record dependencies for trigger. Always place a normal dependency on
1058 : : * the function.
1059 : : */
1060 : 11579 : myself.classId = TriggerRelationId;
1061 : 11579 : myself.objectId = trigoid;
1062 : 11579 : myself.objectSubId = 0;
1063 : :
1064 : 11579 : referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
1065 : 11579 : referenced.objectId = funcoid;
1066 : 11579 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1067 : 11579 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
1068 : :
1069 [ + + + - ]: 11579 : if (isInternal && OidIsValid(constraintOid))
1070 : : {
1071 : : /*
1072 : : * Internally-generated trigger for a constraint, so make it an
1073 : : * internal dependency of the constraint. We can skip depending on
1074 : : * the relation(s), as there'll be an indirect dependency via the
1075 : : * constraint.
1076 : : */
1077 : 8985 : referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
1078 : 8985 : referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
1079 : 8985 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1080 : 8985 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
1081 : : }
1082 : : else
1083 : : {
1084 : : /*
1085 : : * User CREATE TRIGGER, so place dependencies. We make trigger be
1086 : : * auto-dropped if its relation is dropped or if the FK relation is
1087 : : * dropped. (Auto drop is compatible with our pre-7.3 behavior.)
1088 : : */
1089 : 2594 : referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
1090 : 2594 : referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
1091 : 2594 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1092 : 2594 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
1093 : :
1094 [ + + ]: 2594 : if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
1095 : : {
1096 : 28 : referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
1097 : 28 : referenced.objectId = constrrelid;
1098 : 28 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1099 : 28 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
1100 : : }
1101 : : /* Not possible to have an index dependency in this case */
1102 : : Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
1103 : :
1104 : : /*
1105 : : * If it's a user-specified constraint trigger, make the constraint
1106 : : * internally dependent on the trigger instead of vice versa.
1107 : : */
1108 [ + + ]: 2594 : if (OidIsValid(constraintOid))
1109 : : {
1110 : 117 : referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
1111 : 117 : referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
1112 : 117 : referenced.objectSubId = 0;
1113 : 117 : recordDependencyOn(&referenced, &myself, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
1114 : : }
1115 : :
1116 : : /*
1117 : : * If it's a partition trigger, create the partition dependencies.
1118 : : */
1119 [ + + ]: 2594 : if (OidIsValid(parentTriggerOid))
1120 : : {
1121 : 595 : ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTriggerOid);
1122 : 595 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
1123 : 595 : ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel));
1124 : 595 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
1125 : : }
1126 : : }
1127 : :
1128 : : /* If column-specific trigger, add normal dependencies on columns */
1129 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (columns != NULL)
1130 : : {
1131 : : int i;
1132 : :
1133 : 81 : referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
1134 : 81 : referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
1135 [ + + ]: 167 : for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++)
1136 : : {
1137 : 86 : referenced.objectSubId = columns[i];
1138 : 86 : recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
1139 : : }
1140 : : }
1141 : :
1142 : : /*
1143 : : * If it has a WHEN clause, add dependencies on objects mentioned in the
1144 : : * expression (eg, functions, as well as any columns used).
1145 : : */
1146 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (whenRtable != NIL)
1147 : 88 : recordDependencyOnExpr(&myself, whenClause, whenRtable,
1148 : : DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
1149 : :
1150 : : /* Post creation hook for new trigger */
1151 [ + + ]: 11579 : InvokeObjectPostCreateHookArg(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, 0,
1152 : : isInternal);
1153 : :
1154 : : /*
1155 : : * Lastly, create the trigger on child relations, if needed.
1156 : : */
1157 [ + + ]: 11579 : if (partition_recurse)
1158 : : {
1159 : 271 : PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
1160 : : int i;
1161 : : MemoryContext oldcxt,
1162 : : perChildCxt;
1163 : :
1164 : 271 : perChildCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
1165 : : "part trig clone",
1166 : : ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
1167 : :
1168 : : /*
1169 : : * We don't currently expect to be called with a valid indexOid. If
1170 : : * that ever changes then we'll need to write code here to find the
1171 : : * corresponding child index.
1172 : : */
1173 : : Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
1174 : :
1175 : 271 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perChildCxt);
1176 : :
1177 : : /* Iterate to create the trigger on each existing partition */
1178 [ + + ]: 739 : for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
1179 : : {
1180 : : CreateTrigStmt *childStmt;
1181 : : Relation childTbl;
1182 : : Node *qual;
1183 : :
1184 : 472 : childTbl = table_open(partdesc->oids[i], ShareRowExclusiveLock);
1185 : :
1186 : : /*
1187 : : * Initialize our fabricated parse node by copying the original
1188 : : * one, then resetting fields that we pass separately.
1189 : : */
1190 : 472 : childStmt = copyObject(stmt);
1191 : 472 : childStmt->funcname = NIL;
1192 : 472 : childStmt->whenClause = NULL;
1193 : :
1194 : : /* If there is a WHEN clause, create a modified copy of it */
1195 : 472 : qual = copyObject(whenClause);
1196 : : qual = (Node *)
1197 : 472 : map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO,
1198 : : childTbl, rel);
1199 : : qual = (Node *)
1200 : 472 : map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO,
1201 : : childTbl, rel);
1202 : :
1203 : 472 : CreateTriggerFiringOn(childStmt, queryString,
1204 : 472 : partdesc->oids[i], refRelOid,
1205 : : InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
1206 : : funcoid, trigoid, qual,
1207 : : isInternal, true, trigger_fires_when);
1208 : :
1209 : 468 : table_close(childTbl, NoLock);
1210 : :
1211 : 468 : MemoryContextReset(perChildCxt);
1212 : : }
1213 : :
1214 : 267 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
1215 : 267 : MemoryContextDelete(perChildCxt);
1216 : : }
1217 : :
1218 : : /* Keep lock on target rel until end of xact */
1219 : 11575 : table_close(rel, NoLock);
1220 : :
1221 : 11575 : return myself;
1222 : : }
1223 : :
1224 : : /*
1225 : : * TriggerSetParentTrigger
1226 : : * Set a partition's trigger as child of its parent trigger,
1227 : : * or remove the linkage if parentTrigId is InvalidOid.
1228 : : *
1229 : : * This updates the constraint's pg_trigger row to show it as inherited, and
1230 : : * adds PARTITION dependencies to prevent the trigger from being deleted
1231 : : * on its own. Alternatively, reverse that.
1232 : : */
1233 : : void
1234 : 344 : TriggerSetParentTrigger(Relation trigRel,
1235 : : Oid childTrigId,
1236 : : Oid parentTrigId,
1237 : : Oid childTableId)
1238 : : {
1239 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1240 : : ScanKeyData skey[1];
1241 : : Form_pg_trigger trigForm;
1242 : : HeapTuple tuple,
1243 : : newtup;
1244 : : ObjectAddress depender;
1245 : : ObjectAddress referenced;
1246 : :
1247 : : /*
1248 : : * Find the trigger to delete.
1249 : : */
1250 : 344 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
1251 : : Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
1252 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1253 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(childTrigId));
1254 : :
1255 : 344 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(trigRel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
1256 : : NULL, 1, skey);
1257 : :
1258 : 344 : tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan);
1259 [ - + ]: 344 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
1260 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", childTrigId);
1261 : 344 : newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
1262 : 344 : trigForm = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
1263 [ + + ]: 344 : if (OidIsValid(parentTrigId))
1264 : : {
1265 : : /* don't allow setting parent for a constraint that already has one */
1266 [ - + ]: 200 : if (OidIsValid(trigForm->tgparentid))
1267 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "trigger %u already has a parent trigger",
1268 : : childTrigId);
1269 : :
1270 : 200 : trigForm->tgparentid = parentTrigId;
1271 : :
1272 : 200 : CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
1273 : :
1274 : 200 : ObjectAddressSet(depender, TriggerRelationId, childTrigId);
1275 : :
1276 : 200 : ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTrigId);
1277 : 200 : recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
1278 : :
1279 : 200 : ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, childTableId);
1280 : 200 : recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
1281 : : }
1282 : : else
1283 : : {
1284 : 144 : trigForm->tgparentid = InvalidOid;
1285 : :
1286 : 144 : CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
1287 : :
1288 : 144 : deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
1289 : : TriggerRelationId,
1290 : : DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
1291 : 144 : deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
1292 : : RelationRelationId,
1293 : : DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
1294 : : }
1295 : :
1296 : 344 : heap_freetuple(newtup);
1297 : 344 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1298 : 344 : }
1299 : :
1300 : :
1301 : : /*
1302 : : * Guts of trigger deletion.
1303 : : */
1304 : : void
1305 : 9886 : RemoveTriggerById(Oid trigOid)
1306 : : {
1307 : : Relation tgrel;
1308 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1309 : : ScanKeyData skey[1];
1310 : : HeapTuple tup;
1311 : : Oid relid;
1312 : : Relation rel;
1313 : :
1314 : 9886 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
1315 : :
1316 : : /*
1317 : : * Find the trigger to delete.
1318 : : */
1319 : 9886 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
1320 : : Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
1321 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1322 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(trigOid));
1323 : :
1324 : 9886 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
1325 : : NULL, 1, skey);
1326 : :
1327 : 9886 : tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
1328 [ - + ]: 9886 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
1329 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", trigOid);
1330 : :
1331 : : /*
1332 : : * Open and exclusive-lock the relation the trigger belongs to.
1333 : : */
1334 : 9886 : relid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->tgrelid;
1335 : :
1336 : 9886 : rel = table_open(relid, AccessExclusiveLock);
1337 : :
1338 [ + + ]: 9886 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
1339 [ + + ]: 1763 : rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
1340 [ + + ]: 1673 : rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
1341 [ - + ]: 1623 : rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1342 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1343 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1344 : : errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
1345 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
1346 : : errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
1347 : :
1348 [ + + - + ]: 9886 : if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
1349 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1350 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
1351 : : errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
1352 : : RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
1353 : :
1354 : : /*
1355 : : * Delete the pg_trigger tuple.
1356 : : */
1357 : 9886 : CatalogTupleDelete(tgrel, &tup->t_self);
1358 : :
1359 : 9886 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1360 : 9886 : table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1361 : :
1362 : : /*
1363 : : * We do not bother to try to determine whether any other triggers remain,
1364 : : * which would be needed in order to decide whether it's safe to clear the
1365 : : * relation's relhastriggers. (In any case, there might be a concurrent
1366 : : * process adding new triggers.) Instead, just force a relcache inval to
1367 : : * make other backends (and this one too!) rebuild their relcache entries.
1368 : : * There's no great harm in leaving relhastriggers true even if there are
1369 : : * no triggers left.
1370 : : */
1371 : 9886 : CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
1372 : :
1373 : : /* Keep lock on trigger's rel until end of xact */
1374 : 9886 : table_close(rel, NoLock);
1375 : 9886 : }
1376 : :
1377 : : /*
1378 : : * get_trigger_oid - Look up a trigger by name to find its OID.
1379 : : *
1380 : : * If missing_ok is false, throw an error if trigger not found. If
1381 : : * true, just return InvalidOid.
1382 : : */
1383 : : Oid
1384 : 516 : get_trigger_oid(Oid relid, const char *trigname, bool missing_ok)
1385 : : {
1386 : : Relation tgrel;
1387 : : ScanKeyData skey[2];
1388 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1389 : : HeapTuple tup;
1390 : : Oid oid;
1391 : :
1392 : : /*
1393 : : * Find the trigger, verify permissions, set up object address
1394 : : */
1395 : 516 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
1396 : :
1397 : 516 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
1398 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1399 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1400 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
1401 : 516 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
1402 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
1403 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
1404 : : CStringGetDatum(trigname));
1405 : :
1406 : 516 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1407 : : NULL, 2, skey);
1408 : :
1409 : 516 : tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
1410 : :
1411 [ + + ]: 516 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
1412 : : {
1413 [ + + ]: 20 : if (!missing_ok)
1414 [ + - ]: 16 : ereport(ERROR,
1415 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
1416 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
1417 : : trigname, get_rel_name(relid))));
1418 : 4 : oid = InvalidOid;
1419 : : }
1420 : : else
1421 : : {
1422 : 496 : oid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->oid;
1423 : : }
1424 : :
1425 : 500 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1426 : 500 : table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
1427 : 500 : return oid;
1428 : : }
1429 : :
1430 : : /*
1431 : : * Perform permissions and integrity checks before acquiring a relation lock.
1432 : : */
1433 : : static void
1434 : 33 : RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid,
1435 : : void *arg)
1436 : : {
1437 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1438 : : Form_pg_class form;
1439 : :
1440 : 33 : tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
1441 [ - + ]: 33 : if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
1442 : 0 : return; /* concurrently dropped */
1443 : 33 : form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1444 : :
1445 : : /* only tables and views can have triggers */
1446 [ + + + - ]: 33 : if (form->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && form->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
1447 [ + - ]: 16 : form->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
1448 [ - + ]: 16 : form->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1449 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1450 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1451 : : errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
1452 : : rv->relname),
1453 : : errdetail_relkind_not_supported(form->relkind)));
1454 : :
1455 : : /* you must own the table to rename one of its triggers */
1456 [ - + ]: 33 : if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relid, GetUserId()))
1457 : 0 : aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relid)), rv->relname);
1458 : :
1459 : : /*
1460 : : * Conflict log tables are used internally for logical replication
1461 : : * conflict logging and should not have triggers, as it could disrupt
1462 : : * conflict logging.
1463 : : */
1464 [ + + ]: 33 : if (IsConflictLogTableClass(form))
1465 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
1466 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1467 : : errmsg("cannot rename trigger on conflict log table \"%s\"",
1468 : : rv->relname),
1469 : : errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
1470 : :
1471 [ + + + + ]: 29 : if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relid, form))
1472 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
1473 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
1474 : : errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
1475 : : rv->relname)));
1476 : :
1477 : 28 : ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
1478 : : }
1479 : :
1480 : : /*
1481 : : * renametrig - changes the name of a trigger on a relation
1482 : : *
1483 : : * trigger name is changed in trigger catalog.
1484 : : * No record of the previous name is kept.
1485 : : *
1486 : : * get proper relrelation from relation catalog (if not arg)
1487 : : * scan trigger catalog
1488 : : * for name conflict (within rel)
1489 : : * for original trigger (if not arg)
1490 : : * modify tgname in trigger tuple
1491 : : * update row in catalog
1492 : : */
1493 : : ObjectAddress
1494 : 30 : renametrig(RenameStmt *stmt)
1495 : : {
1496 : : Oid tgoid;
1497 : : Relation targetrel;
1498 : : Relation tgrel;
1499 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1500 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1501 : : ScanKeyData key[2];
1502 : : Oid relid;
1503 : : ObjectAddress address;
1504 : :
1505 : : /*
1506 : : * Look up name, check permissions, and acquire lock (which we will NOT
1507 : : * release until end of transaction).
1508 : : */
1509 : 30 : relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock,
1510 : : 0,
1511 : : RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger,
1512 : : NULL);
1513 : :
1514 : : /* Have lock already, so just need to build relcache entry. */
1515 : 25 : targetrel = relation_open(relid, NoLock);
1516 : :
1517 : : /*
1518 : : * On partitioned tables, this operation recurses to partitions. Lock all
1519 : : * tables upfront.
1520 : : */
1521 [ + + ]: 25 : if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1522 : 16 : (void) find_all_inheritors(relid, AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
1523 : :
1524 : 25 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
1525 : :
1526 : : /*
1527 : : * Search for the trigger to modify.
1528 : : */
1529 : 25 : ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
1530 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1531 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1532 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
1533 : 25 : ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
1534 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
1535 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
1536 : 25 : PointerGetDatum(stmt->subname));
1537 : 25 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1538 : : NULL, 2, key);
1539 [ + - ]: 25 : if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1540 : : {
1541 : : Form_pg_trigger trigform;
1542 : :
1543 : 25 : trigform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1544 : 25 : tgoid = trigform->oid;
1545 : :
1546 : : /*
1547 : : * If the trigger descends from a trigger on a parent partitioned
1548 : : * table, reject the rename. We don't allow a trigger in a partition
1549 : : * to differ in name from that of its parent: that would lead to an
1550 : : * inconsistency that pg_dump would not reproduce.
1551 : : */
1552 [ + + ]: 25 : if (OidIsValid(trigform->tgparentid))
1553 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
1554 : : errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1555 : : errmsg("cannot rename trigger \"%s\" on table \"%s\"",
1556 : : stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)),
1557 : : errhint("Rename the trigger on the partitioned table \"%s\" instead.",
1558 : : get_rel_name(get_partition_parent(relid, false))));
1559 : :
1560 : :
1561 : : /* Rename the trigger on this relation ... */
1562 : 21 : renametrig_internal(tgrel, targetrel, tuple, stmt->newname,
1563 : 21 : stmt->subname);
1564 : :
1565 : : /* ... and if it is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
1566 [ + + ]: 21 : if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1567 : : {
1568 : 12 : PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(targetrel, true);
1569 : :
1570 [ + + ]: 20 : for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
1571 : : {
1572 : 12 : Oid partitionId = partdesc->oids[i];
1573 : :
1574 : 12 : renametrig_partition(tgrel, partitionId, trigform->oid,
1575 : 12 : stmt->newname, stmt->subname);
1576 : : }
1577 : : }
1578 : : }
1579 : : else
1580 : : {
1581 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1582 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
1583 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
1584 : : stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
1585 : : }
1586 : :
1587 : 17 : ObjectAddressSet(address, TriggerRelationId, tgoid);
1588 : :
1589 : 17 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1590 : :
1591 : 17 : table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1592 : :
1593 : : /*
1594 : : * Close rel, but keep exclusive lock!
1595 : : */
1596 : 17 : relation_close(targetrel, NoLock);
1597 : :
1598 : 17 : return address;
1599 : : }
1600 : :
1601 : : /*
1602 : : * Subroutine for renametrig -- perform the actual work of renaming one
1603 : : * trigger on one table.
1604 : : *
1605 : : * If the trigger has a name different from the expected one, raise a
1606 : : * NOTICE about it.
1607 : : */
1608 : : static void
1609 : 37 : renametrig_internal(Relation tgrel, Relation targetrel, HeapTuple trigtup,
1610 : : const char *newname, const char *expected_name)
1611 : : {
1612 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1613 : : Form_pg_trigger tgform;
1614 : : ScanKeyData key[2];
1615 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1616 : :
1617 : : /* If the trigger already has the new name, nothing to do. */
1618 : 37 : tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup);
1619 [ - + ]: 37 : if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), newname) == 0)
1620 : 0 : return;
1621 : :
1622 : : /*
1623 : : * Before actually trying the rename, search for triggers with the same
1624 : : * name. The update would fail with an ugly message in that case, and it
1625 : : * is better to throw a nicer error.
1626 : : */
1627 : 37 : ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
1628 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1629 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1630 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(targetrel)));
1631 : 37 : ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
1632 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
1633 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
1634 : : PointerGetDatum(newname));
1635 : 37 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1636 : : NULL, 2, key);
1637 [ + + ]: 37 : if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1638 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
1639 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
1640 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
1641 : : newname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
1642 : 33 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1643 : :
1644 : : /*
1645 : : * The target name is free; update the existing pg_trigger tuple with it.
1646 : : */
1647 : 33 : tuple = heap_copytuple(trigtup); /* need a modifiable copy */
1648 : 33 : tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1649 : :
1650 : : /*
1651 : : * If the trigger has a name different from what we expected, let the user
1652 : : * know. (We can proceed anyway, since we must have reached here following
1653 : : * a tgparentid link.)
1654 : : */
1655 [ - + ]: 33 : if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), expected_name) != 0)
1656 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(NOTICE,
1657 : : errmsg("renamed trigger \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
1658 : : NameStr(tgform->tgname),
1659 : : RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)));
1660 : :
1661 : 33 : namestrcpy(&tgform->tgname, newname);
1662 : :
1663 : 33 : CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
1664 : :
1665 [ - + ]: 33 : InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId, tgform->oid, 0);
1666 : :
1667 : : /*
1668 : : * Invalidate relation's relcache entry so that other backends (and this
1669 : : * one too!) are sent SI message to make them rebuild relcache entries.
1670 : : * (Ideally this should happen automatically...)
1671 : : */
1672 : 33 : CacheInvalidateRelcache(targetrel);
1673 : : }
1674 : :
1675 : : /*
1676 : : * Subroutine for renametrig -- Helper for recursing to partitions when
1677 : : * renaming triggers on a partitioned table.
1678 : : */
1679 : : static void
1680 : 20 : renametrig_partition(Relation tgrel, Oid partitionId, Oid parentTriggerOid,
1681 : : const char *newname, const char *expected_name)
1682 : : {
1683 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1684 : : ScanKeyData key;
1685 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1686 : :
1687 : : /*
1688 : : * Given a relation and the OID of a trigger on parent relation, find the
1689 : : * corresponding trigger in the child and rename that trigger to the given
1690 : : * name.
1691 : : */
1692 : 20 : ScanKeyInit(&key,
1693 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1694 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1695 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(partitionId));
1696 : 20 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1697 : : NULL, 1, &key);
1698 [ + + ]: 32 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1699 : : {
1700 : 28 : Form_pg_trigger tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1701 : : Relation partitionRel;
1702 : :
1703 [ + + ]: 28 : if (tgform->tgparentid != parentTriggerOid)
1704 : 12 : continue; /* not our trigger */
1705 : :
1706 : 16 : partitionRel = table_open(partitionId, NoLock);
1707 : :
1708 : : /* Rename the trigger on this partition */
1709 : 16 : renametrig_internal(tgrel, partitionRel, tuple, newname, expected_name);
1710 : :
1711 : : /* And if this relation is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
1712 [ + + ]: 12 : if (partitionRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1713 : : {
1714 : 4 : PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(partitionRel,
1715 : : true);
1716 : :
1717 [ + + ]: 12 : for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
1718 : : {
1719 : 8 : Oid partoid = partdesc->oids[i];
1720 : :
1721 : 8 : renametrig_partition(tgrel, partoid, tgform->oid, newname,
1722 : 8 : NameStr(tgform->tgname));
1723 : : }
1724 : : }
1725 : 12 : table_close(partitionRel, NoLock);
1726 : :
1727 : : /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
1728 : 12 : break;
1729 : : }
1730 : 16 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1731 : 16 : }
1732 : :
1733 : : /*
1734 : : * EnableDisableTrigger()
1735 : : *
1736 : : * Called by ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE [ REPLICA | ALWAYS ] TRIGGER
1737 : : * to change 'tgenabled' field for the specified trigger(s)
1738 : : *
1739 : : * rel: relation to process (caller must hold suitable lock on it)
1740 : : * tgname: name of trigger to process, or NULL to scan all triggers
1741 : : * tgparent: if not zero, process only triggers with this tgparentid
1742 : : * fires_when: new value for tgenabled field. In addition to generic
1743 : : * enablement/disablement, this also defines when the trigger
1744 : : * should be fired in session replication roles.
1745 : : * skip_system: if true, skip "system" triggers (constraint triggers)
1746 : : * recurse: if true, recurse to partitions
1747 : : *
1748 : : * Caller should have checked permissions for the table; here we also
1749 : : * enforce that superuser privilege is required to alter the state of
1750 : : * system triggers
1751 : : */
1752 : : void
1753 : 264 : EnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *tgname, Oid tgparent,
1754 : : char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse,
1755 : : LOCKMODE lockmode)
1756 : : {
1757 : : Relation tgrel;
1758 : : int nkeys;
1759 : : ScanKeyData keys[2];
1760 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1761 : : HeapTuple tuple;
1762 : : bool found;
1763 : : bool changed;
1764 : :
1765 : : /* Scan the relevant entries in pg_triggers */
1766 : 264 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
1767 : :
1768 : 264 : ScanKeyInit(&keys[0],
1769 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1770 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1771 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
1772 [ + + ]: 264 : if (tgname)
1773 : : {
1774 : 175 : ScanKeyInit(&keys[1],
1775 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
1776 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
1777 : : CStringGetDatum(tgname));
1778 : 175 : nkeys = 2;
1779 : : }
1780 : : else
1781 : 89 : nkeys = 1;
1782 : :
1783 : 264 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1784 : : NULL, nkeys, keys);
1785 : :
1786 : 264 : found = changed = false;
1787 : :
1788 [ + + ]: 712 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1789 : : {
1790 : 448 : Form_pg_trigger oldtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
1791 : :
1792 [ + + + + ]: 448 : if (OidIsValid(tgparent) && tgparent != oldtrig->tgparentid)
1793 : 128 : continue;
1794 : :
1795 [ + + ]: 320 : if (oldtrig->tgisinternal)
1796 : : {
1797 : : /* system trigger ... ok to process? */
1798 [ + + ]: 48 : if (skip_system)
1799 : 8 : continue;
1800 [ - + ]: 40 : if (!superuser())
1801 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1802 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
1803 : : errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system trigger",
1804 : : NameStr(oldtrig->tgname))));
1805 : : }
1806 : :
1807 : 312 : found = true;
1808 : :
1809 [ + + ]: 312 : if (oldtrig->tgenabled != fires_when)
1810 : : {
1811 : : /* need to change this one ... make a copy to scribble on */
1812 : 292 : HeapTuple newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
1813 : 292 : Form_pg_trigger newtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
1814 : :
1815 : 292 : newtrig->tgenabled = fires_when;
1816 : :
1817 : 292 : CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &newtup->t_self, newtup);
1818 : :
1819 : 292 : heap_freetuple(newtup);
1820 : :
1821 : 292 : changed = true;
1822 : : }
1823 : :
1824 : : /*
1825 : : * When altering FOR EACH ROW triggers on a partitioned table, do the
1826 : : * same on the partitions as well, unless ONLY is specified.
1827 : : *
1828 : : * Note that we recurse even if we didn't change the trigger above,
1829 : : * because the partitions' copy of the trigger may have a different
1830 : : * value of tgenabled than the parent's trigger and thus might need to
1831 : : * be changed.
1832 : : */
1833 [ + + ]: 312 : if (recurse &&
1834 [ + + ]: 295 : rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
1835 [ + + ]: 57 : (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(oldtrig->tgtype)))
1836 : : {
1837 : 49 : PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
1838 : : int i;
1839 : :
1840 [ + + ]: 122 : for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
1841 : : {
1842 : : Relation part;
1843 : :
1844 : 73 : part = relation_open(partdesc->oids[i], lockmode);
1845 : : /* Match on child triggers' tgparentid, not their name */
1846 : 73 : EnableDisableTrigger(part, NULL, oldtrig->oid,
1847 : : fires_when, skip_system, recurse,
1848 : : lockmode);
1849 : 73 : table_close(part, NoLock); /* keep lock till commit */
1850 : : }
1851 : : }
1852 : :
1853 [ + + ]: 312 : InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId,
1854 : : oldtrig->oid, 0);
1855 : : }
1856 : :
1857 : 264 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
1858 : :
1859 : 264 : table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
1860 : :
1861 [ + + - + ]: 264 : if (tgname && !found)
1862 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
1863 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
1864 : : errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
1865 : : tgname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
1866 : :
1867 : : /*
1868 : : * If we changed anything, broadcast a SI inval message to force each
1869 : : * backend (including our own!) to rebuild relation's relcache entry.
1870 : : * Otherwise they will fail to apply the change promptly.
1871 : : */
1872 [ + + ]: 264 : if (changed)
1873 : 260 : CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
1874 : 264 : }
1875 : :
1876 : :
1877 : : /*
1878 : : * Build trigger data to attach to the given relcache entry.
1879 : : *
1880 : : * Note that trigger data attached to a relcache entry must be stored in
1881 : : * CacheMemoryContext to ensure it survives as long as the relcache entry.
1882 : : * But we should be running in a less long-lived working context. To avoid
1883 : : * leaking cache memory if this routine fails partway through, we build a
1884 : : * temporary TriggerDesc in working memory and then copy the completed
1885 : : * structure into cache memory.
1886 : : */
1887 : : void
1888 : 42736 : RelationBuildTriggers(Relation relation)
1889 : : {
1890 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
1891 : : int numtrigs;
1892 : : int maxtrigs;
1893 : : Trigger *triggers;
1894 : : Relation tgrel;
1895 : : ScanKeyData skey;
1896 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
1897 : : HeapTuple htup;
1898 : : MemoryContext oldContext;
1899 : : int i;
1900 : :
1901 : : /*
1902 : : * Allocate a working array to hold the triggers (the array is extended if
1903 : : * necessary)
1904 : : */
1905 : 42736 : maxtrigs = 16;
1906 : 42736 : triggers = (Trigger *) palloc(maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
1907 : 42736 : numtrigs = 0;
1908 : :
1909 : : /*
1910 : : * Note: since we scan the triggers using TriggerRelidNameIndexId, we will
1911 : : * be reading the triggers in name order, except possibly during
1912 : : * emergency-recovery operations (ie, IgnoreSystemIndexes). This in turn
1913 : : * ensures that triggers will be fired in name order.
1914 : : */
1915 : 42736 : ScanKeyInit(&skey,
1916 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
1917 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
1918 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)));
1919 : :
1920 : 42736 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
1921 : 42736 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
1922 : : NULL, 1, &skey);
1923 : :
1924 [ + + ]: 119792 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
1925 : : {
1926 : 77056 : Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
1927 : : Trigger *build;
1928 : : Datum datum;
1929 : : bool isnull;
1930 : :
1931 [ + + ]: 77056 : if (numtrigs >= maxtrigs)
1932 : : {
1933 : 32 : maxtrigs *= 2;
1934 : 32 : triggers = (Trigger *) repalloc(triggers, maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
1935 : : }
1936 : 77056 : build = &(triggers[numtrigs]);
1937 : :
1938 : 77056 : build->tgoid = pg_trigger->oid;
1939 : 77056 : build->tgname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout,
1940 : : NameGetDatum(&pg_trigger->tgname)));
1941 : 77056 : build->tgfoid = pg_trigger->tgfoid;
1942 : 77056 : build->tgtype = pg_trigger->tgtype;
1943 : 77056 : build->tgenabled = pg_trigger->tgenabled;
1944 : 77056 : build->tgisinternal = pg_trigger->tgisinternal;
1945 : 77056 : build->tgisclone = OidIsValid(pg_trigger->tgparentid);
1946 : 77056 : build->tgconstrrelid = pg_trigger->tgconstrrelid;
1947 : 77056 : build->tgconstrindid = pg_trigger->tgconstrindid;
1948 : 77056 : build->tgconstraint = pg_trigger->tgconstraint;
1949 : 77056 : build->tgdeferrable = pg_trigger->tgdeferrable;
1950 : 77056 : build->tginitdeferred = pg_trigger->tginitdeferred;
1951 : 77056 : build->tgnargs = pg_trigger->tgnargs;
1952 : : /* tgattr is first var-width field, so OK to access directly */
1953 : 77056 : build->tgnattr = pg_trigger->tgattr.dim1;
1954 [ + + ]: 77056 : if (build->tgnattr > 0)
1955 : : {
1956 : 458 : build->tgattr = (int16 *) palloc(build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
1957 : 458 : memcpy(build->tgattr, &(pg_trigger->tgattr.values),
1958 : 458 : build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
1959 : : }
1960 : : else
1961 : 76598 : build->tgattr = NULL;
1962 [ + + ]: 77056 : if (build->tgnargs > 0)
1963 : : {
1964 : : bytea *val;
1965 : : char *p;
1966 : :
1967 : 2954 : val = DatumGetByteaPP(fastgetattr(htup,
1968 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs,
1969 : : tgrel->rd_att, &isnull));
1970 [ - + ]: 2954 : if (isnull)
1971 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "tgargs is null in trigger for relation \"%s\"",
1972 : : RelationGetRelationName(relation));
1973 : 2954 : p = (char *) VARDATA_ANY(val);
1974 : 2954 : build->tgargs = (char **) palloc(build->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
1975 [ + + ]: 6887 : for (i = 0; i < build->tgnargs; i++)
1976 : : {
1977 : 3933 : build->tgargs[i] = pstrdup(p);
1978 : 3933 : p += strlen(p) + 1;
1979 : : }
1980 : : }
1981 : : else
1982 : 74102 : build->tgargs = NULL;
1983 : :
1984 : 77056 : datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable,
1985 : : tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
1986 [ + + ]: 77056 : if (!isnull)
1987 : 755 : build->tgoldtable =
1988 : 755 : DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
1989 : : else
1990 : 76301 : build->tgoldtable = NULL;
1991 : :
1992 : 77056 : datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable,
1993 : : tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
1994 [ + + ]: 77056 : if (!isnull)
1995 : 992 : build->tgnewtable =
1996 : 992 : DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
1997 : : else
1998 : 76064 : build->tgnewtable = NULL;
1999 : :
2000 : 77056 : datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual,
2001 : : tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
2002 [ + + ]: 77056 : if (!isnull)
2003 : 581 : build->tgqual = TextDatumGetCString(datum);
2004 : : else
2005 : 76475 : build->tgqual = NULL;
2006 : :
2007 : 77056 : numtrigs++;
2008 : : }
2009 : :
2010 : 42736 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
2011 : 42736 : table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
2012 : :
2013 : : /* There might not be any triggers */
2014 [ + + ]: 42736 : if (numtrigs == 0)
2015 : : {
2016 : 9957 : pfree(triggers);
2017 : 9957 : return;
2018 : : }
2019 : :
2020 : : /* Build trigdesc */
2021 : 32779 : trigdesc = palloc0_object(TriggerDesc);
2022 : 32779 : trigdesc->triggers = triggers;
2023 : 32779 : trigdesc->numtriggers = numtrigs;
2024 [ + + ]: 109835 : for (i = 0; i < numtrigs; i++)
2025 : 77056 : SetTriggerFlags(trigdesc, &(triggers[i]));
2026 : :
2027 : : /* Copy completed trigdesc into cache storage */
2028 : 32779 : oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CacheMemoryContext);
2029 : 32779 : relation->trigdesc = CopyTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
2030 : 32779 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
2031 : :
2032 : : /* Release working memory */
2033 : 32779 : FreeTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
2034 : : }
2035 : :
2036 : : /*
2037 : : * Update the TriggerDesc's hint flags to include the specified trigger
2038 : : */
2039 : : static void
2040 : 77056 : SetTriggerFlags(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger)
2041 : : {
2042 : 77056 : int16 tgtype = trigger->tgtype;
2043 : :
2044 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_insert_before_row |=
2045 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2046 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2047 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row |=
2048 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2049 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2050 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_insert_instead_row |=
2051 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2052 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2053 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement |=
2054 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2055 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2056 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement |=
2057 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2058 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
2059 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_update_before_row |=
2060 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2061 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2062 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_update_after_row |=
2063 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2064 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2065 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_update_instead_row |=
2066 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2067 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2068 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement |=
2069 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2070 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2071 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement |=
2072 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2073 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
2074 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_delete_before_row |=
2075 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2076 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2077 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row |=
2078 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2079 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2080 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_delete_instead_row |=
2081 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2082 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2083 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement |=
2084 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2085 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2086 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement |=
2087 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2088 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
2089 : : /* there are no row-level truncate triggers */
2090 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement |=
2091 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2092 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
2093 : 77056 : trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement |=
2094 : 77056 : TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2095 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
2096 : :
2097 : 154112 : trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table |=
2098 [ + + ]: 102780 : (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) &&
2099 [ + + ]: 25724 : TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
2100 : 154112 : trigdesc->trig_update_old_table |=
2101 [ + + ]: 111817 : (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
2102 [ + + ]: 34761 : TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
2103 : 154112 : trigdesc->trig_update_new_table |=
2104 [ + + ]: 111817 : (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
2105 [ + + ]: 34761 : TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
2106 : 154112 : trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table |=
2107 [ + + ]: 98302 : (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) &&
2108 [ + + ]: 21246 : TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
2109 : 77056 : }
2110 : :
2111 : : /*
2112 : : * Copy a TriggerDesc data structure.
2113 : : *
2114 : : * The copy is allocated in the current memory context.
2115 : : */
2116 : : TriggerDesc *
2117 : 288949 : CopyTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
2118 : : {
2119 : : TriggerDesc *newdesc;
2120 : : Trigger *trigger;
2121 : : int i;
2122 : :
2123 [ + + - + ]: 288949 : if (trigdesc == NULL || trigdesc->numtriggers <= 0)
2124 : 243345 : return NULL;
2125 : :
2126 : 45604 : newdesc = palloc_object(TriggerDesc);
2127 : 45604 : memcpy(newdesc, trigdesc, sizeof(TriggerDesc));
2128 : :
2129 : 45604 : trigger = (Trigger *) palloc(trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
2130 : 45604 : memcpy(trigger, trigdesc->triggers,
2131 : 45604 : trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
2132 : 45604 : newdesc->triggers = trigger;
2133 : :
2134 [ + + ]: 157440 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2135 : : {
2136 : 111836 : trigger->tgname = pstrdup(trigger->tgname);
2137 [ + + ]: 111836 : if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
2138 : : {
2139 : : int16 *newattr;
2140 : :
2141 : 821 : newattr = (int16 *) palloc(trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
2142 : 821 : memcpy(newattr, trigger->tgattr,
2143 : 821 : trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
2144 : 821 : trigger->tgattr = newattr;
2145 : : }
2146 [ + + ]: 111836 : if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
2147 : : {
2148 : : char **newargs;
2149 : : int16 j;
2150 : :
2151 : 7356 : newargs = (char **) palloc(trigger->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
2152 [ + + ]: 16311 : for (j = 0; j < trigger->tgnargs; j++)
2153 : 8955 : newargs[j] = pstrdup(trigger->tgargs[j]);
2154 : 7356 : trigger->tgargs = newargs;
2155 : : }
2156 [ + + ]: 111836 : if (trigger->tgqual)
2157 : 985 : trigger->tgqual = pstrdup(trigger->tgqual);
2158 [ + + ]: 111836 : if (trigger->tgoldtable)
2159 : 1610 : trigger->tgoldtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgoldtable);
2160 [ + + ]: 111836 : if (trigger->tgnewtable)
2161 : 1883 : trigger->tgnewtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgnewtable);
2162 : 111836 : trigger++;
2163 : : }
2164 : :
2165 : 45604 : return newdesc;
2166 : : }
2167 : :
2168 : : /*
2169 : : * Free a TriggerDesc data structure.
2170 : : */
2171 : : void
2172 : 895863 : FreeTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
2173 : : {
2174 : : Trigger *trigger;
2175 : : int i;
2176 : :
2177 [ + + ]: 895863 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
2178 : 832558 : return;
2179 : :
2180 : 63305 : trigger = trigdesc->triggers;
2181 [ + + ]: 210461 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2182 : : {
2183 : 147156 : pfree(trigger->tgname);
2184 [ + + ]: 147156 : if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
2185 : 879 : pfree(trigger->tgattr);
2186 [ + + ]: 147156 : if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
2187 : : {
2188 [ + + ]: 13350 : while (--(trigger->tgnargs) >= 0)
2189 : 7639 : pfree(trigger->tgargs[trigger->tgnargs]);
2190 : 5711 : pfree(trigger->tgargs);
2191 : : }
2192 [ + + ]: 147156 : if (trigger->tgqual)
2193 : 1095 : pfree(trigger->tgqual);
2194 [ + + ]: 147156 : if (trigger->tgoldtable)
2195 : 1465 : pfree(trigger->tgoldtable);
2196 [ + + ]: 147156 : if (trigger->tgnewtable)
2197 : 1930 : pfree(trigger->tgnewtable);
2198 : 147156 : trigger++;
2199 : : }
2200 : 63305 : pfree(trigdesc->triggers);
2201 : 63305 : pfree(trigdesc);
2202 : : }
2203 : :
2204 : : /*
2205 : : * Compare two TriggerDesc structures for logical equality.
2206 : : */
2207 : : #ifdef NOT_USED
2208 : : bool
2209 : : equalTriggerDescs(TriggerDesc *trigdesc1, TriggerDesc *trigdesc2)
2210 : : {
2211 : : int i,
2212 : : j;
2213 : :
2214 : : /*
2215 : : * We need not examine the hint flags, just the trigger array itself; if
2216 : : * we have the same triggers with the same types, the flags should match.
2217 : : *
2218 : : * As of 7.3 we assume trigger set ordering is significant in the
2219 : : * comparison; so we just compare corresponding slots of the two sets.
2220 : : *
2221 : : * Note: comparing the stringToNode forms of the WHEN clauses means that
2222 : : * parse column locations will affect the result. This is okay as long as
2223 : : * this function is only used for detecting exact equality, as for example
2224 : : * in checking for staleness of a cache entry.
2225 : : */
2226 : : if (trigdesc1 != NULL)
2227 : : {
2228 : : if (trigdesc2 == NULL)
2229 : : return false;
2230 : : if (trigdesc1->numtriggers != trigdesc2->numtriggers)
2231 : : return false;
2232 : : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc1->numtriggers; i++)
2233 : : {
2234 : : Trigger *trig1 = trigdesc1->triggers + i;
2235 : : Trigger *trig2 = trigdesc2->triggers + i;
2236 : :
2237 : : if (trig1->tgoid != trig2->tgoid)
2238 : : return false;
2239 : : if (strcmp(trig1->tgname, trig2->tgname) != 0)
2240 : : return false;
2241 : : if (trig1->tgfoid != trig2->tgfoid)
2242 : : return false;
2243 : : if (trig1->tgtype != trig2->tgtype)
2244 : : return false;
2245 : : if (trig1->tgenabled != trig2->tgenabled)
2246 : : return false;
2247 : : if (trig1->tgisinternal != trig2->tgisinternal)
2248 : : return false;
2249 : : if (trig1->tgisclone != trig2->tgisclone)
2250 : : return false;
2251 : : if (trig1->tgconstrrelid != trig2->tgconstrrelid)
2252 : : return false;
2253 : : if (trig1->tgconstrindid != trig2->tgconstrindid)
2254 : : return false;
2255 : : if (trig1->tgconstraint != trig2->tgconstraint)
2256 : : return false;
2257 : : if (trig1->tgdeferrable != trig2->tgdeferrable)
2258 : : return false;
2259 : : if (trig1->tginitdeferred != trig2->tginitdeferred)
2260 : : return false;
2261 : : if (trig1->tgnargs != trig2->tgnargs)
2262 : : return false;
2263 : : if (trig1->tgnattr != trig2->tgnattr)
2264 : : return false;
2265 : : if (trig1->tgnattr > 0 &&
2266 : : memcmp(trig1->tgattr, trig2->tgattr,
2267 : : trig1->tgnattr * sizeof(int16)) != 0)
2268 : : return false;
2269 : : for (j = 0; j < trig1->tgnargs; j++)
2270 : : if (strcmp(trig1->tgargs[j], trig2->tgargs[j]) != 0)
2271 : : return false;
2272 : : if (trig1->tgqual == NULL && trig2->tgqual == NULL)
2273 : : /* ok */ ;
2274 : : else if (trig1->tgqual == NULL || trig2->tgqual == NULL)
2275 : : return false;
2276 : : else if (strcmp(trig1->tgqual, trig2->tgqual) != 0)
2277 : : return false;
2278 : : if (trig1->tgoldtable == NULL && trig2->tgoldtable == NULL)
2279 : : /* ok */ ;
2280 : : else if (trig1->tgoldtable == NULL || trig2->tgoldtable == NULL)
2281 : : return false;
2282 : : else if (strcmp(trig1->tgoldtable, trig2->tgoldtable) != 0)
2283 : : return false;
2284 : : if (trig1->tgnewtable == NULL && trig2->tgnewtable == NULL)
2285 : : /* ok */ ;
2286 : : else if (trig1->tgnewtable == NULL || trig2->tgnewtable == NULL)
2287 : : return false;
2288 : : else if (strcmp(trig1->tgnewtable, trig2->tgnewtable) != 0)
2289 : : return false;
2290 : : }
2291 : : }
2292 : : else if (trigdesc2 != NULL)
2293 : : return false;
2294 : : return true;
2295 : : }
2296 : : #endif /* NOT_USED */
2297 : :
2298 : : /*
2299 : : * Check if there is a row-level trigger with transition tables that prevents
2300 : : * a table from becoming an inheritance child or partition. Return the name
2301 : : * of the first such incompatible trigger, or NULL if there is none.
2302 : : */
2303 : : const char *
2304 : 1809 : FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
2305 : : {
2306 [ + + ]: 1809 : if (trigdesc != NULL)
2307 : : {
2308 : : int i;
2309 : :
2310 [ + + ]: 408 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; ++i)
2311 : : {
2312 : 292 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2313 : :
2314 [ + + ]: 292 : if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(trigger->tgtype))
2315 : 24 : continue;
2316 [ + - + + ]: 268 : if (trigger->tgoldtable != NULL || trigger->tgnewtable != NULL)
2317 : 8 : return trigger->tgname;
2318 : : }
2319 : : }
2320 : :
2321 : 1801 : return NULL;
2322 : : }
2323 : :
2324 : : /*
2325 : : * Call a trigger function.
2326 : : *
2327 : : * trigdata: trigger descriptor.
2328 : : * tgindx: trigger's index in finfo and instr arrays.
2329 : : * finfo: array of cached trigger function call information.
2330 : : * instr: optional array of EXPLAIN ANALYZE instrumentation state.
2331 : : * per_tuple_context: memory context to execute the function in.
2332 : : *
2333 : : * Returns the tuple (or NULL) as returned by the function.
2334 : : */
2335 : : static HeapTuple
2336 : 618237 : ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
2337 : : int tgindx,
2338 : : FmgrInfo *finfo,
2339 : : TriggerInstrumentation *instr,
2340 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context)
2341 : : {
2342 : 618237 : LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 0);
2343 : : PgStat_FunctionCallUsage fcusage;
2344 : : Datum result;
2345 : : MemoryContext oldContext;
2346 : :
2347 : : /*
2348 : : * Protect against code paths that may fail to initialize transition table
2349 : : * info.
2350 : : */
2351 : : Assert(((TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event) ||
2352 : : TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event) ||
2353 : : TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(trigdata->tg_event)) &&
2354 : : TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(trigdata->tg_event) &&
2355 : : !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) &&
2356 : : !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED)) ||
2357 : : (trigdata->tg_oldtable == NULL && trigdata->tg_newtable == NULL));
2358 : :
2359 : 618237 : finfo += tgindx;
2360 : :
2361 : : /*
2362 : : * We cache fmgr lookup info, to avoid making the lookup again on each
2363 : : * call.
2364 : : */
2365 [ + + ]: 618237 : if (finfo->fn_oid == InvalidOid)
2366 : 12967 : fmgr_info(trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid, finfo);
2367 : :
2368 : : Assert(finfo->fn_oid == trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid);
2369 : :
2370 : : /*
2371 : : * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger.
2372 : : */
2373 [ - + ]: 618237 : if (instr)
2374 : 0 : InstrStartTrigger(instr + tgindx);
2375 : :
2376 : : /*
2377 : : * Do the function evaluation in the per-tuple memory context, so that
2378 : : * leaked memory will be reclaimed once per tuple. Note in particular that
2379 : : * any new tuple created by the trigger function will live till the end of
2380 : : * the tuple cycle.
2381 : : */
2382 : 618237 : oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(per_tuple_context);
2383 : :
2384 : : /*
2385 : : * Call the function, passing no arguments but setting a context.
2386 : : */
2387 : 618237 : InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 0,
2388 : : InvalidOid, (Node *) trigdata, NULL);
2389 : :
2390 : 618237 : pgstat_init_function_usage(fcinfo, &fcusage);
2391 : :
2392 : 618237 : MyTriggerDepth++;
2393 [ + + ]: 618237 : PG_TRY();
2394 : : {
2395 : 618237 : result = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
2396 : : }
2397 : 729 : PG_FINALLY();
2398 : : {
2399 : 618237 : MyTriggerDepth--;
2400 : : }
2401 [ + + ]: 618237 : PG_END_TRY();
2402 : :
2403 : 617508 : pgstat_end_function_usage(&fcusage, true);
2404 : :
2405 : 617508 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
2406 : :
2407 : : /*
2408 : : * Trigger protocol allows function to return a null pointer, but NOT to
2409 : : * set the isnull result flag.
2410 : : */
2411 [ - + ]: 617508 : if (fcinfo->isnull)
2412 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
2413 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
2414 : : errmsg("trigger function %u returned null value",
2415 : : fcinfo->flinfo->fn_oid)));
2416 : :
2417 : : /*
2418 : : * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
2419 : : * the firing of the trigger.
2420 : : */
2421 [ - + ]: 617508 : if (instr)
2422 : 0 : InstrStopTrigger(instr + tgindx, 1);
2423 : :
2424 : 617508 : return (HeapTuple) DatumGetPointer(result);
2425 : : }
2426 : :
2427 : : void
2428 : 56723 : ExecBSInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
2429 : : {
2430 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
2431 : : int i;
2432 : 56723 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2433 : :
2434 : 56723 : trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2435 : :
2436 [ + + ]: 56723 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
2437 : 56552 : return;
2438 [ + + ]: 5439 : if (!trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement)
2439 : 5268 : return;
2440 : :
2441 : : /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
2442 [ - + ]: 171 : if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
2443 : : CMD_INSERT))
2444 : 0 : return;
2445 : :
2446 : 171 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2447 : 171 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
2448 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2449 : 171 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2450 [ + + ]: 1533 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2451 : : {
2452 : 1370 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2453 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
2454 : :
2455 [ + + ]: 1370 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2456 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2457 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2458 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
2459 : 1191 : continue;
2460 [ + + ]: 179 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2461 : : NULL, NULL, NULL))
2462 : 20 : continue;
2463 : :
2464 : 159 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2465 : 159 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2466 : : i,
2467 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2468 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2469 [ + + ]: 159 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2470 : :
2471 [ - + ]: 151 : if (newtuple)
2472 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
2473 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
2474 : : errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
2475 : : }
2476 : : }
2477 : :
2478 : : void
2479 : 54914 : ExecASInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2480 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
2481 : : {
2482 : 54914 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2483 : :
2484 [ + + + + ]: 54914 : if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement)
2485 : 349 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2486 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
2487 : : false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
2488 : : false);
2489 : 54914 : }
2490 : :
2491 : : bool
2492 : 1613 : ExecBRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2493 : : TupleTableSlot *slot)
2494 : : {
2495 : 1613 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2496 : 1613 : HeapTuple newtuple = NULL;
2497 : : bool should_free;
2498 : 1613 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2499 : : int i;
2500 : :
2501 : 1613 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2502 : 1613 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
2503 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
2504 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2505 : 1613 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2506 [ + + ]: 7595 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2507 : : {
2508 : 6186 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2509 : : HeapTuple oldtuple;
2510 : :
2511 [ + + ]: 6186 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2512 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2513 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2514 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
2515 : 3047 : continue;
2516 [ + + ]: 3139 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2517 : : NULL, NULL, slot))
2518 : 41 : continue;
2519 : :
2520 [ + + ]: 3098 : if (!newtuple)
2521 : 1590 : newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
2522 : :
2523 : 3098 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
2524 : 3098 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
2525 : 3098 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2526 : 3098 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2527 : : i,
2528 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2529 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2530 [ + + ]: 3098 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2531 [ + + ]: 3052 : if (newtuple == NULL)
2532 : : {
2533 [ + + ]: 142 : if (should_free)
2534 : 13 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
2535 : 142 : return false; /* "do nothing" */
2536 : : }
2537 [ + + ]: 2910 : else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
2538 : : {
2539 : 544 : newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
2540 : :
2541 : 544 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
2542 : :
2543 : : /*
2544 : : * After a tuple in a partition goes through a trigger, the user
2545 : : * could have changed the partition key enough that the tuple no
2546 : : * longer fits the partition. Verify that.
2547 : : */
2548 [ + + ]: 544 : if (trigger->tgisclone &&
2549 [ + + ]: 44 : !ExecPartitionCheck(relinfo, slot, estate, false))
2550 [ + - ]: 16 : ereport(ERROR,
2551 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2552 : : errmsg("moving row to another partition during a BEFORE FOR EACH ROW trigger is not supported"),
2553 : : errdetail("Before executing trigger \"%s\", the row was to be in partition \"%s.%s\".",
2554 : : trigger->tgname,
2555 : : get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc)),
2556 : : RelationGetRelationName(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc))));
2557 : :
2558 [ + + ]: 528 : if (should_free)
2559 : 34 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
2560 : :
2561 : : /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
2562 : 528 : newtuple = NULL;
2563 : : }
2564 : : }
2565 : :
2566 : 1409 : return true;
2567 : : }
2568 : :
2569 : : void
2570 : 7963071 : ExecARInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2571 : : TupleTableSlot *slot, List *recheckIndexes,
2572 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
2573 : : {
2574 : 7963071 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2575 : :
2576 [ + + + + ]: 7963071 : if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
2577 [ + - ]: 4 : transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table)
2578 : : {
2579 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
2580 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
2581 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2582 : : errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
2583 : : }
2584 : :
2585 [ + + + + : 7963067 : if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
+ + ]
2586 [ + + ]: 40224 : (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table))
2587 : 447512 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2588 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
2589 : : true, NULL, slot,
2590 : : recheckIndexes, NULL,
2591 : : transition_capture,
2592 : : false);
2593 : 7963067 : }
2594 : :
2595 : : bool
2596 : 119 : ExecIRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2597 : : TupleTableSlot *slot)
2598 : : {
2599 : 119 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2600 : 119 : HeapTuple newtuple = NULL;
2601 : : bool should_free;
2602 : 119 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2603 : : int i;
2604 : :
2605 : 119 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2606 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
2607 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
2608 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
2609 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2610 [ + + ]: 362 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2611 : : {
2612 : 255 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2613 : : HeapTuple oldtuple;
2614 : :
2615 [ + + ]: 255 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2616 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2617 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
2618 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
2619 : 136 : continue;
2620 [ - + ]: 119 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2621 : : NULL, NULL, slot))
2622 : 0 : continue;
2623 : :
2624 [ + - ]: 119 : if (!newtuple)
2625 : 119 : newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
2626 : :
2627 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
2628 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
2629 : 119 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2630 : 119 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2631 : : i,
2632 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2633 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2634 [ + + ]: 119 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2635 [ + + ]: 119 : if (newtuple == NULL)
2636 : : {
2637 [ + - ]: 12 : if (should_free)
2638 : 12 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
2639 : 12 : return false; /* "do nothing" */
2640 : : }
2641 [ + + ]: 107 : else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
2642 : : {
2643 : 36 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
2644 : :
2645 [ + - ]: 36 : if (should_free)
2646 : 36 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
2647 : :
2648 : : /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
2649 : 36 : newtuple = NULL;
2650 : : }
2651 : : }
2652 : :
2653 : 107 : return true;
2654 : : }
2655 : :
2656 : : void
2657 : 8613 : ExecBSDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
2658 : : {
2659 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
2660 : : int i;
2661 : 8613 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2662 : :
2663 : 8613 : trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2664 : :
2665 [ + + ]: 8613 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
2666 : 8554 : return;
2667 [ + + ]: 1067 : if (!trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement)
2668 : 980 : return;
2669 : :
2670 : : /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
2671 [ + + ]: 87 : if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
2672 : : CMD_DELETE))
2673 : 28 : return;
2674 : :
2675 : 59 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2676 : 59 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
2677 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2678 : 59 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2679 [ + + ]: 548 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2680 : : {
2681 : 489 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2682 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
2683 : :
2684 [ + + ]: 489 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2685 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2686 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2687 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
2688 : 430 : continue;
2689 [ + + ]: 59 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2690 : : NULL, NULL, NULL))
2691 : 8 : continue;
2692 : :
2693 : 51 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2694 : 51 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2695 : : i,
2696 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2697 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2698 [ + + ]: 51 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2699 : :
2700 [ - + ]: 51 : if (newtuple)
2701 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
2702 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
2703 : : errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
2704 : : }
2705 : : }
2706 : :
2707 : : void
2708 : 8488 : ExecASDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2709 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
2710 : : {
2711 : 8488 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2712 : :
2713 [ + + + + ]: 8488 : if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement)
2714 : 165 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2715 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
2716 : : false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
2717 : : false);
2718 : 8488 : }
2719 : :
2720 : : /*
2721 : : * Execute BEFORE ROW DELETE triggers.
2722 : : *
2723 : : * True indicates caller can proceed with the delete. False indicates caller
2724 : : * need to suppress the delete and additionally if requested, we need to pass
2725 : : * back the concurrently updated tuple if any.
2726 : : */
2727 : : bool
2728 : 217 : ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate,
2729 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2730 : : ItemPointer tupleid,
2731 : : HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
2732 : : TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
2733 : : TM_Result *tmresult,
2734 : : TM_FailureData *tmfd,
2735 : : bool is_merge_delete)
2736 : : {
2737 : 217 : TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
2738 : 217 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2739 : 217 : bool result = true;
2740 : 217 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2741 : : HeapTuple trigtuple;
2742 : 217 : bool should_free = false;
2743 : : int i;
2744 : :
2745 : : Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
2746 [ + + ]: 217 : if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
2747 : : {
2748 : 209 : TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
2749 : :
2750 : : /*
2751 : : * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to delete. In
2752 : : * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
2753 : : * recheck it using EPQ. However, if this is a MERGE DELETE action,
2754 : : * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
2755 : : * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
2756 : : * action entirely).
2757 : : */
2758 [ + + ]: 205 : if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
2759 : : LockTupleExclusive, slot, !is_merge_delete,
2760 : 209 : &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
2761 : 6 : return false;
2762 : :
2763 : : /*
2764 : : * If the tuple was concurrently updated and the caller of this
2765 : : * function requested for the updated tuple, skip the trigger
2766 : : * execution.
2767 : : */
2768 [ + + + - ]: 200 : if (epqslot_candidate != NULL && epqslot != NULL)
2769 : : {
2770 : 1 : *epqslot = epqslot_candidate;
2771 : 1 : return false;
2772 : : }
2773 : :
2774 : 199 : trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
2775 : : }
2776 : : else
2777 : : {
2778 : 8 : trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
2779 : 8 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
2780 : : }
2781 : :
2782 : 207 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2783 : 207 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
2784 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
2785 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2786 : 207 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2787 [ + + ]: 840 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2788 : : {
2789 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
2790 : 673 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2791 : :
2792 [ + + ]: 673 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2793 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2794 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2795 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
2796 : 462 : continue;
2797 [ + + ]: 211 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2798 : : NULL, slot, NULL))
2799 : 9 : continue;
2800 : :
2801 : 202 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
2802 : 202 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
2803 : 202 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2804 : 202 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2805 : : i,
2806 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2807 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2808 [ + + ]: 202 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2809 [ + + ]: 196 : if (newtuple == NULL)
2810 : : {
2811 : 34 : result = false; /* tell caller to suppress delete */
2812 : 34 : break;
2813 : : }
2814 [ + + ]: 162 : if (newtuple != trigtuple)
2815 : 33 : heap_freetuple(newtuple);
2816 : : }
2817 [ - + ]: 201 : if (should_free)
2818 : 0 : heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
2819 : :
2820 : 201 : return result;
2821 : : }
2822 : :
2823 : : /*
2824 : : * Note: is_crosspart_update must be true if the DELETE is being performed
2825 : : * as part of a cross-partition update.
2826 : : */
2827 : : void
2828 : 1061805 : ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate,
2829 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2830 : : ItemPointer tupleid,
2831 : : HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
2832 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
2833 : : bool is_crosspart_update)
2834 : : {
2835 : 1061805 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2836 : :
2837 [ + + + + ]: 1061805 : if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
2838 [ + - ]: 2 : transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table)
2839 : : {
2840 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
2841 [ + - ]: 2 : ereport(ERROR,
2842 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2843 : : errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
2844 : : }
2845 : :
2846 [ + + + + : 1061803 : if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
+ + ]
2847 [ + + ]: 3344 : (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table))
2848 : : {
2849 : 4151 : TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
2850 : :
2851 : : Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
2852 [ + + ]: 4151 : if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
2853 : 4143 : GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
2854 : : NULL,
2855 : : relinfo,
2856 : : tupleid,
2857 : : LockTupleExclusive,
2858 : : slot,
2859 : : false,
2860 : : NULL,
2861 : : NULL,
2862 : : NULL);
2863 : : else
2864 : 8 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, slot, false);
2865 : :
2866 : 4151 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2867 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
2868 : : true, slot, NULL, NIL, NULL,
2869 : : transition_capture,
2870 : : is_crosspart_update);
2871 : : }
2872 : 1061803 : }
2873 : :
2874 : : bool
2875 : 39 : ExecIRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2876 : : HeapTuple trigtuple)
2877 : : {
2878 : 39 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2879 : 39 : TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
2880 : 39 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2881 : : int i;
2882 : :
2883 : 39 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2884 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
2885 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
2886 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
2887 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2888 : :
2889 : 39 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
2890 : :
2891 [ + + ]: 234 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2892 : : {
2893 : : HeapTuple rettuple;
2894 : 199 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2895 : :
2896 [ + + ]: 199 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2897 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
2898 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
2899 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
2900 : 160 : continue;
2901 [ - + ]: 39 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2902 : : NULL, slot, NULL))
2903 : 0 : continue;
2904 : :
2905 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
2906 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
2907 : 39 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2908 : 39 : rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2909 : : i,
2910 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2911 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2912 [ + + ]: 39 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2913 [ + + ]: 39 : if (rettuple == NULL)
2914 : 4 : return false; /* Delete was suppressed */
2915 [ - + ]: 35 : if (rettuple != trigtuple)
2916 : 0 : heap_freetuple(rettuple);
2917 : : }
2918 : 35 : return true;
2919 : : }
2920 : :
2921 : : void
2922 : 10245 : ExecBSUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
2923 : : {
2924 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
2925 : : int i;
2926 : 10245 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
2927 : : Bitmapset *updatedCols;
2928 : :
2929 : 10245 : trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2930 : :
2931 [ + + ]: 10245 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
2932 : 10112 : return;
2933 [ + + ]: 2751 : if (!trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement)
2934 : 2618 : return;
2935 : :
2936 : : /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
2937 [ - + ]: 133 : if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
2938 : : CMD_UPDATE))
2939 : 0 : return;
2940 : :
2941 : : /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
2942 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
2943 : :
2944 : 133 : updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
2945 : :
2946 : 133 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
2947 : 133 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
2948 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
2949 : 133 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
2950 : 133 : LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
2951 [ + + ]: 1188 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
2952 : : {
2953 : 1055 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
2954 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
2955 : :
2956 [ + + ]: 1055 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
2957 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
2958 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
2959 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
2960 : 918 : continue;
2961 [ + + ]: 137 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
2962 : : updatedCols, NULL, NULL))
2963 : 4 : continue;
2964 : :
2965 : 133 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
2966 : 133 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
2967 : : i,
2968 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
2969 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
2970 [ + - ]: 133 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
2971 : :
2972 [ - + ]: 133 : if (newtuple)
2973 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
2974 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
2975 : : errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
2976 : : }
2977 : : }
2978 : :
2979 : : void
2980 : 9602 : ExecASUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
2981 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
2982 : : {
2983 : 9602 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
2984 : :
2985 : : /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
2986 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
2987 : :
2988 [ + + + + ]: 9602 : if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement)
2989 : 277 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
2990 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
2991 : : false, NULL, NULL, NIL,
2992 : : ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
2993 : : transition_capture,
2994 : : false);
2995 : 9602 : }
2996 : :
2997 : : bool
2998 : 1576 : ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate,
2999 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3000 : : ItemPointer tupleid,
3001 : : HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
3002 : : TupleTableSlot *newslot,
3003 : : TM_Result *tmresult,
3004 : : TM_FailureData *tmfd,
3005 : : bool is_merge_update)
3006 : : {
3007 : 1576 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3008 : 1576 : TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
3009 : 1576 : HeapTuple newtuple = NULL;
3010 : : HeapTuple trigtuple;
3011 : 1576 : bool should_free_trig = false;
3012 : 1576 : bool should_free_new = false;
3013 : 1576 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
3014 : : int i;
3015 : : Bitmapset *updatedCols;
3016 : : LockTupleMode lockmode;
3017 : :
3018 : : /* Determine lock mode to use */
3019 : 1576 : lockmode = ExecUpdateLockMode(estate, relinfo);
3020 : :
3021 : : Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
3022 [ + + ]: 1576 : if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
3023 : : {
3024 : 1557 : TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
3025 : :
3026 : : /*
3027 : : * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to update. In
3028 : : * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
3029 : : * recheck it using EPQ. However, if this is a MERGE UPDATE action,
3030 : : * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
3031 : : * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
3032 : : * action entirely).
3033 : : */
3034 [ + + ]: 1553 : if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
3035 : : lockmode, oldslot, !is_merge_update,
3036 : 1557 : &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
3037 : 12 : return false; /* cancel the update action */
3038 : :
3039 : : /*
3040 : : * In READ COMMITTED isolation level it's possible that target tuple
3041 : : * was changed due to concurrent update. In that case we have a raw
3042 : : * subplan output tuple in epqslot_candidate, and need to form a new
3043 : : * insertable tuple using ExecGetUpdateNewTuple to replace the one we
3044 : : * received in newslot. Neither we nor our callers have any further
3045 : : * interest in the passed-in tuple, so it's okay to overwrite newslot
3046 : : * with the newer data.
3047 : : */
3048 [ + + ]: 1541 : if (epqslot_candidate != NULL)
3049 : : {
3050 : : TupleTableSlot *epqslot_clean;
3051 : :
3052 : 3 : epqslot_clean = ExecGetUpdateNewTuple(relinfo, epqslot_candidate,
3053 : : oldslot);
3054 : :
3055 : : /*
3056 : : * Typically, the caller's newslot was also generated by
3057 : : * ExecGetUpdateNewTuple, so that epqslot_clean will be the same
3058 : : * slot and copying is not needed. But do the right thing if it
3059 : : * isn't.
3060 : : */
3061 [ - + ]: 3 : if (unlikely(newslot != epqslot_clean))
3062 : 0 : ExecCopySlot(newslot, epqslot_clean);
3063 : :
3064 : : /*
3065 : : * At this point newslot contains a virtual tuple that may
3066 : : * reference some fields of oldslot's tuple in some disk buffer.
3067 : : * If that tuple is in a different page than the original target
3068 : : * tuple, then our only pin on that buffer is oldslot's, and we're
3069 : : * about to release it. Hence we'd better materialize newslot to
3070 : : * ensure it doesn't contain references into an unpinned buffer.
3071 : : * (We'd materialize it below anyway, but too late for safety.)
3072 : : */
3073 : 3 : ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
3074 : : }
3075 : :
3076 : : /*
3077 : : * Here we convert oldslot to a materialized slot holding trigtuple.
3078 : : * Neither slot passed to the triggers will hold any buffer pin.
3079 : : */
3080 : 1541 : trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(oldslot, true, &should_free_trig);
3081 : : }
3082 : : else
3083 : : {
3084 : : /* Put the FDW-supplied tuple into oldslot to unify the cases */
3085 : 19 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
3086 : 19 : trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
3087 : : }
3088 : :
3089 : 1560 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
3090 : 1560 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
3091 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
3092 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
3093 : 1560 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
3094 : 1560 : updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
3095 : 1560 : LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
3096 [ + + ]: 7428 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
3097 : : {
3098 : 5962 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
3099 : : HeapTuple oldtuple;
3100 : :
3101 [ + + ]: 5962 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
3102 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
3103 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
3104 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
3105 : 3026 : continue;
3106 [ + + ]: 2936 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
3107 : : updatedCols, oldslot, newslot))
3108 : 65 : continue;
3109 : :
3110 [ + + ]: 2871 : if (!newtuple)
3111 : 1551 : newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free_new);
3112 : :
3113 : 2871 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
3114 : 2871 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
3115 : 2871 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
3116 : 2871 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
3117 : 2871 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
3118 : 2871 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
3119 : : i,
3120 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
3121 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
3122 [ + - ]: 2871 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
3123 : :
3124 [ + + ]: 2863 : if (newtuple == NULL)
3125 : : {
3126 [ - + ]: 86 : if (should_free_trig)
3127 : 0 : heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
3128 [ + + ]: 86 : if (should_free_new)
3129 : 2 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
3130 : 86 : return false; /* "do nothing" */
3131 : : }
3132 [ + + ]: 2777 : else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
3133 : : {
3134 : 736 : newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
3135 : :
3136 : 736 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
3137 : :
3138 : : /*
3139 : : * If the tuple returned by the trigger / being stored, is the old
3140 : : * row version, and the heap tuple passed to the trigger was
3141 : : * allocated locally, materialize the slot. Otherwise we might
3142 : : * free it while still referenced by the slot.
3143 : : */
3144 [ - + - - ]: 736 : if (should_free_trig && newtuple == trigtuple)
3145 : 0 : ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
3146 : :
3147 [ + + ]: 736 : if (should_free_new)
3148 : 1 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
3149 : :
3150 : : /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
3151 : 736 : newtuple = NULL;
3152 : : }
3153 : : }
3154 [ - + ]: 1466 : if (should_free_trig)
3155 : 0 : heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
3156 : :
3157 : 1466 : return true;
3158 : : }
3159 : :
3160 : : /*
3161 : : * Note: 'src_partinfo' and 'dst_partinfo', when non-NULL, refer to the source
3162 : : * and destination partitions, respectively, of a cross-partition update of
3163 : : * the root partitioned table mentioned in the query, given by 'relinfo'.
3164 : : * 'tupleid' in that case refers to the ctid of the "old" tuple in the source
3165 : : * partition, and 'newslot' contains the "new" tuple in the destination
3166 : : * partition. This interface allows to support the requirements of
3167 : : * ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey(); is_crosspart_update must be true in
3168 : : * that case.
3169 : : */
3170 : : void
3171 : 2244631 : ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3172 : : ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
3173 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
3174 : : ItemPointer tupleid,
3175 : : HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
3176 : : TupleTableSlot *newslot,
3177 : : List *recheckIndexes,
3178 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
3179 : : bool is_crosspart_update)
3180 : : {
3181 : 2244631 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3182 : :
3183 [ + + + + ]: 2244631 : if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
3184 [ - + ]: 2 : (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
3185 [ # # ]: 0 : transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table))
3186 : : {
3187 : : Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
3188 [ + - ]: 2 : ereport(ERROR,
3189 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
3190 : : errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
3191 : : }
3192 : :
3193 [ + + + + : 2244629 : if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
+ + ]
3194 : 247 : (transition_capture &&
3195 [ + + ]: 247 : (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
3196 [ + - ]: 12 : transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table)))
3197 : : {
3198 : : /*
3199 : : * Note: if the UPDATE is converted into a DELETE+INSERT as part of
3200 : : * update-partition-key operation, then this function is also called
3201 : : * separately for DELETE and INSERT to capture transition table rows.
3202 : : * In such case, either old tuple or new tuple can be NULL.
3203 : : */
3204 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot;
3205 : : ResultRelInfo *tupsrc;
3206 : :
3207 : : Assert((src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL) ||
3208 : : !is_crosspart_update);
3209 : :
3210 [ + + ]: 2444 : tupsrc = src_partinfo ? src_partinfo : relinfo;
3211 : 2444 : oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, tupsrc);
3212 : :
3213 [ + + + + ]: 2444 : if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL && ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid))
3214 : 2402 : GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
3215 : : NULL,
3216 : : tupsrc,
3217 : : tupleid,
3218 : : LockTupleExclusive,
3219 : : oldslot,
3220 : : false,
3221 : : NULL,
3222 : : NULL,
3223 : : NULL);
3224 [ + + ]: 42 : else if (fdw_trigtuple != NULL)
3225 : 10 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
3226 : : else
3227 : 32 : ExecClearTuple(oldslot);
3228 : :
3229 : 2444 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
3230 : : src_partinfo, dst_partinfo,
3231 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
3232 : : true,
3233 : : oldslot, newslot, recheckIndexes,
3234 : : ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
3235 : : transition_capture,
3236 : : is_crosspart_update);
3237 : : }
3238 : 2244629 : }
3239 : :
3240 : : bool
3241 : 135 : ExecIRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3242 : : HeapTuple trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot)
3243 : : {
3244 : 135 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3245 : 135 : TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
3246 : 135 : HeapTuple newtuple = NULL;
3247 : : bool should_free;
3248 : 135 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
3249 : : int i;
3250 : :
3251 : 135 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
3252 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
3253 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
3254 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
3255 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
3256 : :
3257 : 135 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, oldslot, false);
3258 : :
3259 [ + + ]: 502 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
3260 : : {
3261 : 387 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
3262 : : HeapTuple oldtuple;
3263 : :
3264 [ + + ]: 387 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
3265 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
3266 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
3267 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
3268 : 252 : continue;
3269 [ - + ]: 135 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
3270 : : NULL, oldslot, newslot))
3271 : 0 : continue;
3272 : :
3273 [ + - ]: 135 : if (!newtuple)
3274 : 135 : newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free);
3275 : :
3276 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
3277 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
3278 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
3279 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
3280 : :
3281 : 135 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
3282 : 135 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
3283 : : i,
3284 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
3285 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
3286 [ + + ]: 135 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
3287 [ + + ]: 127 : if (newtuple == NULL)
3288 : : {
3289 : 12 : return false; /* "do nothing" */
3290 : : }
3291 [ + + ]: 115 : else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
3292 : : {
3293 : 92 : ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
3294 : :
3295 [ + - ]: 92 : if (should_free)
3296 : 92 : heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
3297 : :
3298 : : /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
3299 : 92 : newtuple = NULL;
3300 : : }
3301 : : }
3302 : :
3303 : 115 : return true;
3304 : : }
3305 : :
3306 : : void
3307 : 2538 : ExecBSTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
3308 : : {
3309 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
3310 : : int i;
3311 : 2538 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
3312 : :
3313 : 2538 : trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3314 : :
3315 [ + + ]: 2538 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
3316 : 2531 : return;
3317 [ + + ]: 491 : if (!trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement)
3318 : 484 : return;
3319 : :
3320 : 7 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
3321 : 7 : LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE |
3322 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
3323 : 7 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
3324 : :
3325 [ + + ]: 20 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
3326 : : {
3327 : 13 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
3328 : : HeapTuple newtuple;
3329 : :
3330 [ + + ]: 13 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
3331 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
3332 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
3333 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE))
3334 : 6 : continue;
3335 [ - + ]: 7 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
3336 : : NULL, NULL, NULL))
3337 : 0 : continue;
3338 : :
3339 : 7 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
3340 : 7 : newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
3341 : : i,
3342 : : relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
3343 : : relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
3344 [ - + ]: 7 : GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
3345 : :
3346 [ - + ]: 7 : if (newtuple)
3347 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
3348 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
3349 : : errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
3350 : : }
3351 : : }
3352 : :
3353 : : void
3354 : 2534 : ExecASTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
3355 : : {
3356 : 2534 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
3357 : :
3358 [ + + + + ]: 2534 : if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement)
3359 : 5 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
3360 : : NULL, NULL,
3361 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE,
3362 : : false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, NULL,
3363 : : false);
3364 : 2534 : }
3365 : :
3366 : :
3367 : : /*
3368 : : * Fetch tuple into "oldslot", dealing with locking and EPQ if necessary
3369 : : */
3370 : : static bool
3371 : 8311 : GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
3372 : : EPQState *epqstate,
3373 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3374 : : ItemPointer tid,
3375 : : LockTupleMode lockmode,
3376 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
3377 : : bool do_epq_recheck,
3378 : : TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
3379 : : TM_Result *tmresultp,
3380 : : TM_FailureData *tmfdp)
3381 : : {
3382 : 8311 : Relation relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
3383 : :
3384 [ + + ]: 8311 : if (epqslot != NULL)
3385 : : {
3386 : : TM_Result test;
3387 : : TM_FailureData tmfd;
3388 : 1766 : int lockflags = 0;
3389 : :
3390 : 1766 : *epqslot = NULL;
3391 : :
3392 : : /* caller must pass an epqstate if EvalPlanQual is possible */
3393 : : Assert(epqstate != NULL);
3394 : :
3395 : : /*
3396 : : * lock tuple for update
3397 : : */
3398 [ + + ]: 1766 : if (!IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
3399 : 1333 : lockflags |= TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION;
3400 : 1766 : test = table_tuple_lock(relation, tid, estate->es_snapshot, oldslot,
3401 : : estate->es_output_cid,
3402 : : lockmode, LockWaitBlock,
3403 : : lockflags,
3404 : : &tmfd);
3405 : :
3406 : : /* Let the caller know about the status of this operation */
3407 [ + + ]: 1764 : if (tmresultp)
3408 : 148 : *tmresultp = test;
3409 [ + + ]: 1764 : if (tmfdp)
3410 : 1761 : *tmfdp = tmfd;
3411 : :
3412 [ + + + + : 1764 : switch (test)
- - ]
3413 : : {
3414 : 4 : case TM_SelfModified:
3415 : :
3416 : : /*
3417 : : * The target tuple was already updated or deleted by the
3418 : : * current command, or by a later command in the current
3419 : : * transaction. We ignore the tuple in the former case, and
3420 : : * throw error in the latter case, for the same reasons
3421 : : * enumerated in ExecUpdate and ExecDelete in
3422 : : * nodeModifyTable.c.
3423 : : */
3424 [ + - ]: 4 : if (tmfd.cmax != estate->es_output_cid)
3425 [ + - ]: 4 : ereport(ERROR,
3426 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_DATA_CHANGE_VIOLATION),
3427 : : errmsg("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation triggered by the current command"),
3428 : : errhint("Consider using an AFTER trigger instead of a BEFORE trigger to propagate changes to other rows.")));
3429 : :
3430 : : /* treat it as deleted; do not process */
3431 : 17 : return false;
3432 : :
3433 : 1751 : case TM_Ok:
3434 [ + + ]: 1751 : if (tmfd.traversed)
3435 : : {
3436 : : /*
3437 : : * Recheck the tuple using EPQ, if requested. Otherwise,
3438 : : * just return that it was concurrently updated.
3439 : : */
3440 [ + + ]: 14 : if (do_epq_recheck)
3441 : : {
3442 : 6 : *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(epqstate,
3443 : : relation,
3444 : : relinfo->ri_RangeTableIndex,
3445 : : oldslot);
3446 : :
3447 : : /*
3448 : : * If PlanQual failed for updated tuple - we must not
3449 : : * process this tuple!
3450 : : */
3451 [ + - + + ]: 6 : if (TupIsNull(*epqslot))
3452 : : {
3453 : 2 : *epqslot = NULL;
3454 : 2 : return false;
3455 : : }
3456 : : }
3457 : : else
3458 : : {
3459 [ + - ]: 8 : if (tmresultp)
3460 : 8 : *tmresultp = TM_Updated;
3461 : 8 : return false;
3462 : : }
3463 : : }
3464 : 1741 : break;
3465 : :
3466 : 1 : case TM_Updated:
3467 [ + - ]: 1 : if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
3468 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
3469 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
3470 : : errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent update")));
3471 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "unexpected table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
3472 : : break;
3473 : :
3474 : 8 : case TM_Deleted:
3475 [ + + ]: 8 : if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
3476 [ + - ]: 1 : ereport(ERROR,
3477 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
3478 : : errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent delete")));
3479 : : /* tuple was deleted */
3480 : 7 : return false;
3481 : :
3482 : 0 : case TM_Invisible:
3483 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "attempted to lock invisible tuple");
3484 : : break;
3485 : :
3486 : 0 : default:
3487 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "unrecognized table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
3488 : : return false; /* keep compiler quiet */
3489 : : }
3490 : : }
3491 : : else
3492 : : {
3493 : : /*
3494 : : * We expect the tuple to be present, thus very simple error handling
3495 : : * suffices.
3496 : : */
3497 [ - + ]: 6545 : if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(relation, tid, SnapshotAny,
3498 : : oldslot))
3499 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple for trigger");
3500 : : }
3501 : :
3502 : 8286 : return true;
3503 : : }
3504 : :
3505 : : /*
3506 : : * Is trigger enabled to fire?
3507 : : */
3508 : : static bool
3509 : 620041 : TriggerEnabled(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
3510 : : Trigger *trigger, TriggerEvent event,
3511 : : Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
3512 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot)
3513 : : {
3514 : : /* Check replication-role-dependent enable state */
3515 [ + + ]: 620041 : if (SessionReplicationRole == SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_REPLICA)
3516 : : {
3517 [ + + ]: 72 : if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN ||
3518 [ + + ]: 47 : trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
3519 : 49 : return false;
3520 : : }
3521 : : else /* ORIGIN or LOCAL role */
3522 : : {
3523 [ + + ]: 619969 : if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA ||
3524 [ + + ]: 619968 : trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
3525 : 105 : return false;
3526 : : }
3527 : :
3528 : : /*
3529 : : * Check for column-specific trigger (only possible for UPDATE, and in
3530 : : * fact we *must* ignore tgattr for other event types)
3531 : : */
3532 [ + + + + ]: 619887 : if (trigger->tgnattr > 0 && TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event))
3533 : : {
3534 : : int i;
3535 : : bool modified;
3536 : :
3537 : 302 : modified = false;
3538 [ + + ]: 390 : for (i = 0; i < trigger->tgnattr; i++)
3539 : : {
3540 [ + + ]: 334 : if (bms_is_member(trigger->tgattr[i] - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
3541 : : modifiedCols))
3542 : : {
3543 : 246 : modified = true;
3544 : 246 : break;
3545 : : }
3546 : : }
3547 [ + + ]: 302 : if (!modified)
3548 : 56 : return false;
3549 : : }
3550 : :
3551 : : /* Check for WHEN clause */
3552 [ + + ]: 619831 : if (trigger->tgqual)
3553 : : {
3554 : : ExprState **predicate;
3555 : : ExprContext *econtext;
3556 : : MemoryContext oldContext;
3557 : : int i;
3558 : :
3559 : : Assert(estate != NULL);
3560 : :
3561 : : /*
3562 : : * trigger is an element of relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers[]; find the
3563 : : * matching element of relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[]
3564 : : */
3565 : 376 : i = trigger - relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers;
3566 : 376 : predicate = &relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[i];
3567 : :
3568 : : /*
3569 : : * If first time through for this WHEN expression, build expression
3570 : : * nodetrees for it. Keep them in the per-query memory context so
3571 : : * they'll survive throughout the query.
3572 : : */
3573 [ + + ]: 376 : if (*predicate == NULL)
3574 : : {
3575 : : Node *tgqual;
3576 : :
3577 : 198 : oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
3578 : 198 : tgqual = stringToNode(trigger->tgqual);
3579 : 198 : tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_OLD_VARNO);
3580 : 198 : tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_NEW_VARNO);
3581 : : /* Change references to OLD and NEW to INNER_VAR and OUTER_VAR */
3582 : 198 : ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, INNER_VAR, 0);
3583 : 198 : ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO, OUTER_VAR, 0);
3584 : : /* ExecPrepareQual wants implicit-AND form */
3585 : 198 : tgqual = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) tgqual);
3586 : 198 : *predicate = ExecPrepareQual((List *) tgqual, estate);
3587 : 198 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
3588 : : }
3589 : :
3590 : : /*
3591 : : * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating WHEN
3592 : : * expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
3593 : : */
3594 [ + + ]: 376 : econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
3595 : :
3596 : : /*
3597 : : * Finally evaluate the expression, making the old and/or new tuples
3598 : : * available as INNER_VAR/OUTER_VAR respectively.
3599 : : */
3600 : 376 : econtext->ecxt_innertuple = oldslot;
3601 : 376 : econtext->ecxt_outertuple = newslot;
3602 [ + + ]: 376 : if (!ExecQual(*predicate, econtext))
3603 : 210 : return false;
3604 : : }
3605 : :
3606 : 619621 : return true;
3607 : : }
3608 : :
3609 : :
3610 : : /* ----------
3611 : : * After-trigger stuff
3612 : : *
3613 : : * The AfterTriggersData struct holds data about pending AFTER trigger events
3614 : : * during the current transaction tree. (BEFORE triggers are fired
3615 : : * immediately so we don't need any persistent state about them.) The struct
3616 : : * and most of its subsidiary data are kept in TopTransactionContext; however
3617 : : * some data that can be discarded sooner appears in the CurTransactionContext
3618 : : * of the relevant subtransaction. Also, the individual event records are
3619 : : * kept in a separate sub-context of TopTransactionContext. This is done
3620 : : * mainly so that it's easy to tell from a memory context dump how much space
3621 : : * is being eaten by trigger events.
3622 : : *
3623 : : * Because the list of pending events can grow large, we go to some
3624 : : * considerable effort to minimize per-event memory consumption. The event
3625 : : * records are grouped into chunks and common data for similar events in the
3626 : : * same chunk is only stored once.
3627 : : *
3628 : : * XXX We need to be able to save the per-event data in a file if it grows too
3629 : : * large.
3630 : : * ----------
3631 : : */
3632 : :
3633 : : /* Per-trigger SET CONSTRAINT status */
3634 : : typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData
3635 : : {
3636 : : Oid sct_tgoid;
3637 : : bool sct_tgisdeferred;
3638 : : } SetConstraintTriggerData;
3639 : :
3640 : : typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData *SetConstraintTrigger;
3641 : :
3642 : : /*
3643 : : * SET CONSTRAINT intra-transaction status.
3644 : : *
3645 : : * We make this a single palloc'd object so it can be copied and freed easily.
3646 : : *
3647 : : * all_isset and all_isdeferred are used to keep track
3648 : : * of SET CONSTRAINTS ALL {DEFERRED, IMMEDIATE}.
3649 : : *
3650 : : * trigstates[] stores per-trigger tgisdeferred settings.
3651 : : */
3652 : : typedef struct SetConstraintStateData
3653 : : {
3654 : : bool all_isset;
3655 : : bool all_isdeferred;
3656 : : int numstates; /* number of trigstates[] entries in use */
3657 : : int numalloc; /* allocated size of trigstates[] */
3658 : : SetConstraintTriggerData trigstates[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
3659 : : } SetConstraintStateData;
3660 : :
3661 : : typedef SetConstraintStateData *SetConstraintState;
3662 : :
3663 : :
3664 : : /*
3665 : : * Per-trigger-event data
3666 : : *
3667 : : * The actual per-event data, AfterTriggerEventData, includes DONE/IN_PROGRESS
3668 : : * status bits, up to two tuple CTIDs, and optionally two OIDs of partitions.
3669 : : * Each event record also has an associated AfterTriggerSharedData that is
3670 : : * shared across all instances of similar events within a "chunk".
3671 : : *
3672 : : * For row-level triggers, we arrange not to waste storage on unneeded ctid
3673 : : * fields. Updates of regular tables use two; inserts and deletes of regular
3674 : : * tables use one; foreign tables always use zero and save the tuple(s) to a
3675 : : * tuplestore. AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH directs AfterTriggerExecute() to
3676 : : * retrieve a fresh tuple or pair of tuples from that tuplestore, while
3677 : : * AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE directs it to use the most-recently-retrieved
3678 : : * tuple(s). This permits storing tuples once regardless of the number of
3679 : : * row-level triggers on a foreign table.
3680 : : *
3681 : : * When updates on partitioned tables cause rows to move between partitions,
3682 : : * the OIDs of both partitions are stored too, so that the tuples can be
3683 : : * fetched; such entries are marked AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE (for "cross-
3684 : : * partition update").
3685 : : *
3686 : : * Note that we need triggers on foreign tables to be fired in exactly the
3687 : : * order they were queued, so that the tuples come out of the tuplestore in
3688 : : * the right order. To ensure that, we forbid deferrable (constraint)
3689 : : * triggers on foreign tables. This also ensures that such triggers do not
3690 : : * get deferred into outer trigger query levels, meaning that it's okay to
3691 : : * destroy the tuplestore at the end of the query level.
3692 : : *
3693 : : * Statement-level triggers always bear AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID, though they
3694 : : * require no ctid field. We lack the flag bit space to neatly represent that
3695 : : * distinct case, and it seems unlikely to be worth much trouble.
3696 : : *
3697 : : * Note: ats_firing_id is initially zero and is set to something else when
3698 : : * AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS is set. It indicates which trigger firing
3699 : : * cycle the trigger will be fired in (or was fired in, if DONE is set).
3700 : : * Although this is mutable state, we can keep it in AfterTriggerSharedData
3701 : : * because all instances of the same type of event in a given event list will
3702 : : * be fired at the same time, if they were queued between the same firing
3703 : : * cycles. So we need only ensure that ats_firing_id is zero when attaching
3704 : : * a new event to an existing AfterTriggerSharedData record.
3705 : : */
3706 : : typedef uint32 TriggerFlags;
3707 : :
3708 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET 0x07FFFFFF /* must be low-order bits */
3709 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE 0x80000000
3710 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS 0x40000000
3711 : : /* bits describing the size and tuple sources of this event */
3712 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE 0x00000000
3713 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH 0x20000000
3714 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID 0x10000000
3715 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID 0x30000000
3716 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE 0x08000000
3717 : : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS 0x38000000
3718 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData *AfterTriggerShared;
3719 : :
3720 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData
3721 : : {
3722 : : TriggerEvent ats_event; /* event type indicator, see trigger.h */
3723 : : Oid ats_tgoid; /* the trigger's ID */
3724 : : Oid ats_relid; /* the relation it's on */
3725 : : Oid ats_rolid; /* role to execute the trigger */
3726 : : CommandId ats_firing_id; /* ID for firing cycle */
3727 : : struct AfterTriggersTableData *ats_table; /* transition table access */
3728 : : Bitmapset *ats_modifiedcols; /* modified columns */
3729 : : } AfterTriggerSharedData;
3730 : :
3731 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData *AfterTriggerEvent;
3732 : :
3733 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData
3734 : : {
3735 : : TriggerFlags ate_flags; /* status bits and offset to shared data */
3736 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid1; /* inserted, deleted, or old updated tuple */
3737 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid2; /* new updated tuple */
3738 : :
3739 : : /*
3740 : : * During a cross-partition update of a partitioned table, we also store
3741 : : * the OIDs of source and destination partitions that are needed to fetch
3742 : : * the old (ctid1) and the new tuple (ctid2) from, respectively.
3743 : : */
3744 : : Oid ate_src_part;
3745 : : Oid ate_dst_part;
3746 : : } AfterTriggerEventData;
3747 : :
3748 : : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_src_part, ate_dst_part */
3749 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids
3750 : : {
3751 : : TriggerFlags ate_flags;
3752 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid1;
3753 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid2;
3754 : : } AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids;
3755 : :
3756 : : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_*_part and ate_ctid2 */
3757 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid
3758 : : {
3759 : : TriggerFlags ate_flags; /* status bits and offset to shared data */
3760 : : ItemPointerData ate_ctid1; /* inserted, deleted, or old updated tuple */
3761 : : } AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid;
3762 : :
3763 : : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_*_part, ate_ctid1 and ate_ctid2 */
3764 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids
3765 : : {
3766 : : TriggerFlags ate_flags; /* status bits and offset to shared data */
3767 : : } AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids;
3768 : :
3769 : : #define SizeofTriggerEvent(evt) \
3770 : : (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE ? \
3771 : : sizeof(AfterTriggerEventData) : \
3772 : : (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ? \
3773 : : sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids) : \
3774 : : (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID ? \
3775 : : sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid) : \
3776 : : sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids))))
3777 : :
3778 : : #define GetTriggerSharedData(evt) \
3779 : : ((AfterTriggerShared) ((char *) (evt) + ((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET)))
3780 : :
3781 : : /*
3782 : : * To avoid palloc overhead, we keep trigger events in arrays in successively-
3783 : : * larger chunks (a slightly more sophisticated version of an expansible
3784 : : * array). The space between CHUNK_DATA_START and freeptr is occupied by
3785 : : * AfterTriggerEventData records; the space between endfree and endptr is
3786 : : * occupied by AfterTriggerSharedData records.
3787 : : */
3788 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventChunk
3789 : : {
3790 : : struct AfterTriggerEventChunk *next; /* list link */
3791 : : char *freeptr; /* start of free space in chunk */
3792 : : char *endfree; /* end of free space in chunk */
3793 : : char *endptr; /* end of chunk */
3794 : : /* event data follows here */
3795 : : } AfterTriggerEventChunk;
3796 : :
3797 : : #define CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr) ((char *) (cptr) + MAXALIGN(sizeof(AfterTriggerEventChunk)))
3798 : :
3799 : : /* A list of events */
3800 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventList
3801 : : {
3802 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *head;
3803 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *tail;
3804 : : char *tailfree; /* freeptr of tail chunk */
3805 : : } AfterTriggerEventList;
3806 : :
3807 : : /* Macros to help in iterating over a list of events */
3808 : : #define for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) \
3809 : : for (cptr = (evtlist).head; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)
3810 : : #define for_each_event(eptr, cptr) \
3811 : : for (eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr); \
3812 : : (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
3813 : : eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))
3814 : : /* Use this if no special per-chunk processing is needed */
3815 : : #define for_each_event_chunk(eptr, cptr, evtlist) \
3816 : : for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) for_each_event(eptr, cptr)
3817 : :
3818 : : /* Macros for iterating from a start point that might not be list start */
3819 : : #define for_each_chunk_from(cptr) \
3820 : : for (; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)
3821 : : #define for_each_event_from(eptr, cptr) \
3822 : : for (; \
3823 : : (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
3824 : : eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))
3825 : :
3826 : :
3827 : : /*
3828 : : * All per-transaction data for the AFTER TRIGGERS module.
3829 : : *
3830 : : * AfterTriggersData has the following fields:
3831 : : *
3832 : : * firing_counter is incremented for each call of afterTriggerInvokeEvents.
3833 : : * We mark firable events with the current firing cycle's ID so that we can
3834 : : * tell which ones to work on. This ensures sane behavior if a trigger
3835 : : * function chooses to do SET CONSTRAINTS: the inner SET CONSTRAINTS will
3836 : : * only fire those events that weren't already scheduled for firing.
3837 : : *
3838 : : * state keeps track of the transaction-local effects of SET CONSTRAINTS.
3839 : : * This is saved and restored across failed subtransactions.
3840 : : *
3841 : : * events is the current list of deferred events. This is global across
3842 : : * all subtransactions of the current transaction. In a subtransaction
3843 : : * abort, we know that the events added by the subtransaction are at the
3844 : : * end of the list, so it is relatively easy to discard them. The event
3845 : : * list chunks themselves are stored in event_cxt.
3846 : : *
3847 : : * query_depth is the current depth of nested AfterTriggerBeginQuery calls
3848 : : * (-1 when the stack is empty).
3849 : : *
3850 : : * query_stack[query_depth] is the per-query-level data, including these fields:
3851 : : *
3852 : : * events is a list of AFTER trigger events queued by the current query.
3853 : : * None of these are valid until the matching AfterTriggerEndQuery call
3854 : : * occurs. At that point we fire immediate-mode triggers, and append any
3855 : : * deferred events to the main events list.
3856 : : *
3857 : : * fdw_tuplestore is a tuplestore containing the foreign-table tuples
3858 : : * needed by events queued by the current query. (Note: we use just one
3859 : : * tuplestore even though more than one foreign table might be involved.
3860 : : * This is okay because tuplestores don't really care what's in the tuples
3861 : : * they store; but it's possible that someday it'd break.)
3862 : : *
3863 : : * tables is a List of AfterTriggersTableData structs for target tables
3864 : : * of the current query (see below).
3865 : : *
3866 : : * maxquerydepth is just the allocated length of query_stack.
3867 : : *
3868 : : * trans_stack holds per-subtransaction data, including these fields:
3869 : : *
3870 : : * state is NULL or a pointer to a saved copy of the SET CONSTRAINTS
3871 : : * state data. Each subtransaction level that modifies that state first
3872 : : * saves a copy, which we use to restore the state if we abort.
3873 : : *
3874 : : * events is a copy of the events head/tail pointers,
3875 : : * which we use to restore those values during subtransaction abort.
3876 : : *
3877 : : * query_depth is the subtransaction-start-time value of query_depth,
3878 : : * which we similarly use to clean up at subtransaction abort.
3879 : : *
3880 : : * firing_counter is the subtransaction-start-time value of firing_counter.
3881 : : * We use this to recognize which deferred triggers were fired (or marked
3882 : : * for firing) within an aborted subtransaction.
3883 : : *
3884 : : * We use GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel() to determine the correct array
3885 : : * index in trans_stack. maxtransdepth is the number of allocated entries in
3886 : : * trans_stack. (By not keeping our own stack pointer, we can avoid trouble
3887 : : * in cases where errors during subxact abort cause multiple invocations
3888 : : * of AfterTriggerEndSubXact() at the same nesting depth.)
3889 : : *
3890 : : * We create an AfterTriggersTableData struct for each target table of the
3891 : : * current query, and each operation mode (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE), that has
3892 : : * either transition tables or statement-level triggers. This is used to
3893 : : * hold the relevant transition tables, as well as info tracking whether
3894 : : * we already queued the statement triggers. (We use that info to prevent
3895 : : * firing the same statement triggers more than once per statement, or really
3896 : : * once per transition table set.) These structs, along with the transition
3897 : : * table tuplestores, live in the (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext.
3898 : : * That's sufficient lifespan because we don't allow transition tables to be
3899 : : * used by deferrable triggers, so they only need to survive until
3900 : : * AfterTriggerEndQuery.
3901 : : */
3902 : : typedef struct AfterTriggersQueryData AfterTriggersQueryData;
3903 : : typedef struct AfterTriggersTransData AfterTriggersTransData;
3904 : : typedef struct AfterTriggersTableData AfterTriggersTableData;
3905 : :
3906 : : typedef struct AfterTriggersData
3907 : : {
3908 : : CommandId firing_counter; /* next firing ID to assign */
3909 : : SetConstraintState state; /* the active S C state */
3910 : : AfterTriggerEventList events; /* deferred-event list */
3911 : : MemoryContext event_cxt; /* memory context for events, if any */
3912 : :
3913 : : /* per-query-level data: */
3914 : : AfterTriggersQueryData *query_stack; /* array of structs shown below */
3915 : : int query_depth; /* current index in above array */
3916 : : int maxquerydepth; /* allocated len of above array */
3917 : :
3918 : : /* per-subtransaction-level data: */
3919 : : AfterTriggersTransData *trans_stack; /* array of structs shown below */
3920 : : int maxtransdepth; /* allocated len of above array */
3921 : :
3922 : : List *batch_callbacks; /* List of AfterTriggerCallbackItem; for
3923 : : * deferred constraints */
3924 : : bool firing_batch_callbacks; /* true when in
3925 : : * FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks() */
3926 : :
3927 : : /*
3928 : : * Incremented around the trigger-firing loops in AfterTriggerEndQuery,
3929 : : * AfterTriggerFireDeferred, and AfterTriggerSetState. Used by
3930 : : * AfterTriggerIsActive() to signal that after-trigger firing is active.
3931 : : */
3932 : : int firing_depth;
3933 : : } AfterTriggersData;
3934 : :
3935 : : struct AfterTriggersQueryData
3936 : : {
3937 : : AfterTriggerEventList events; /* events pending from this query */
3938 : : Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore; /* foreign tuples for said events */
3939 : : List *tables; /* list of AfterTriggersTableData, see below */
3940 : : List *batch_callbacks; /* List of AfterTriggerCallbackItem */
3941 : : };
3942 : :
3943 : : struct AfterTriggersTransData
3944 : : {
3945 : : /* these fields are just for resetting at subtrans abort: */
3946 : : SetConstraintState state; /* saved S C state, or NULL if not yet saved */
3947 : : AfterTriggerEventList events; /* saved list pointer */
3948 : : int query_depth; /* saved query_depth */
3949 : : CommandId firing_counter; /* saved firing_counter */
3950 : : };
3951 : :
3952 : : struct AfterTriggersTableData
3953 : : {
3954 : : /* relid + cmdType form the lookup key for these structs: */
3955 : : Oid relid; /* target table's OID */
3956 : : CmdType cmdType; /* event type, CMD_INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE */
3957 : : bool closed; /* true when no longer OK to add tuples */
3958 : : bool before_trig_done; /* did we already queue BS triggers? */
3959 : : bool after_trig_done; /* did we already queue AS triggers? */
3960 : : AfterTriggerEventList after_trig_events; /* if so, saved list pointer */
3961 : :
3962 : : /* "old" transition table for UPDATE/DELETE, if any */
3963 : : Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
3964 : : /* "new" transition table for INSERT/UPDATE, if any */
3965 : : Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
3966 : :
3967 : : TupleTableSlot *storeslot; /* for converting to tuplestore's format */
3968 : : };
3969 : :
3970 : : /* Entry in afterTriggers.batch_callbacks */
3971 : : typedef struct AfterTriggerCallbackItem
3972 : : {
3973 : : AfterTriggerBatchCallback callback;
3974 : : void *arg;
3975 : : } AfterTriggerCallbackItem;
3976 : :
3977 : : static AfterTriggersData afterTriggers;
3978 : :
3979 : : static void AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
3980 : : AfterTriggerEvent event,
3981 : : ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
3982 : : ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
3983 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
3984 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
3985 : : FmgrInfo *finfo,
3986 : : TriggerInstrumentation *instr,
3987 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
3988 : : TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
3989 : : TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2);
3990 : : static AfterTriggersTableData *GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid,
3991 : : CmdType cmdType);
3992 : : static TupleTableSlot *GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
3993 : : TupleDesc tupdesc);
3994 : : static Tuplestorestate *GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
3995 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
3996 : : TupleTableSlot *newslot,
3997 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture);
3998 : : static void TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
3999 : : int event,
4000 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
4001 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
4002 : : TupleTableSlot *slot,
4003 : : TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
4004 : : Tuplestorestate *tuplestore);
4005 : : static void AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs);
4006 : : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc);
4007 : : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate);
4008 : : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
4009 : : Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred);
4010 : : static void cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent);
4011 : :
4012 : : static void FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(List *callbacks);
4013 : :
4014 : : /*
4015 : : * Get the FDW tuplestore for the current trigger query level, creating it
4016 : : * if necessary.
4017 : : */
4018 : : static Tuplestorestate *
4019 : 50 : GetCurrentFDWTuplestore(void)
4020 : : {
4021 : : Tuplestorestate *ret;
4022 : :
4023 : 50 : ret = afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore;
4024 [ + + ]: 50 : if (ret == NULL)
4025 : : {
4026 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
4027 : : ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
4028 : :
4029 : : /*
4030 : : * Make the tuplestore valid until end of subtransaction. We really
4031 : : * only need it until AfterTriggerEndQuery().
4032 : : */
4033 : 18 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
4034 : 18 : saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
4035 : 18 : CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
4036 : :
4037 : 18 : ret = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
4038 : :
4039 : 18 : CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
4040 : 18 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
4041 : :
4042 : 18 : afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore = ret;
4043 : : }
4044 : :
4045 : 50 : return ret;
4046 : : }
4047 : :
4048 : : /* ----------
4049 : : * afterTriggerCheckState()
4050 : : *
4051 : : * Returns true if the trigger event is actually in state DEFERRED.
4052 : : * ----------
4053 : : */
4054 : : static bool
4055 : 611761 : afterTriggerCheckState(AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
4056 : : {
4057 : 611761 : Oid tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
4058 : 611761 : SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
4059 : : int i;
4060 : :
4061 : : /*
4062 : : * For not-deferrable triggers (i.e. normal AFTER ROW triggers and
4063 : : * constraints declared NOT DEFERRABLE), the state is always false.
4064 : : */
4065 [ + + ]: 611761 : if ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) == 0)
4066 : 611164 : return false;
4067 : :
4068 : : /*
4069 : : * If constraint state exists, SET CONSTRAINTS might have been executed
4070 : : * either for this trigger or for all triggers.
4071 : : */
4072 [ + + ]: 597 : if (state != NULL)
4073 : : {
4074 : : /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS for this specific trigger. */
4075 [ + + ]: 221 : for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
4076 : : {
4077 [ + + ]: 166 : if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
4078 : 40 : return state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred;
4079 : : }
4080 : :
4081 : : /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS ALL. */
4082 [ + + ]: 55 : if (state->all_isset)
4083 : 47 : return state->all_isdeferred;
4084 : : }
4085 : :
4086 : : /*
4087 : : * Otherwise return the default state for the trigger.
4088 : : */
4089 : 510 : return ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED) != 0);
4090 : : }
4091 : :
4092 : : /* ----------
4093 : : * afterTriggerCopyBitmap()
4094 : : *
4095 : : * Copy bitmap into AfterTriggerEvents memory context, which is where the after
4096 : : * trigger events are kept.
4097 : : * ----------
4098 : : */
4099 : : static Bitmapset *
4100 : 8032 : afterTriggerCopyBitmap(Bitmapset *src)
4101 : : {
4102 : : Bitmapset *dst;
4103 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
4104 : :
4105 [ + + ]: 8032 : if (src == NULL)
4106 : 5809 : return NULL;
4107 : :
4108 : 2223 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
4109 : :
4110 : 2223 : dst = bms_copy(src);
4111 : :
4112 : 2223 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
4113 : :
4114 : 2223 : return dst;
4115 : : }
4116 : :
4117 : : /* ----------
4118 : : * afterTriggerAddEvent()
4119 : : *
4120 : : * Add a new trigger event to the specified queue.
4121 : : * The passed-in event data is copied.
4122 : : * ----------
4123 : : */
4124 : : static void
4125 : 612302 : afterTriggerAddEvent(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
4126 : : AfterTriggerEvent event, AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
4127 : : {
4128 [ + + + + : 612302 : Size eventsize = SizeofTriggerEvent(event);
+ + ]
4129 : 612302 : Size needed = eventsize + sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData);
4130 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4131 : : AfterTriggerShared newshared;
4132 : : AfterTriggerEvent newevent;
4133 : :
4134 : : /*
4135 : : * If empty list or not enough room in the tail chunk, make a new chunk.
4136 : : * We assume here that a new shared record will always be needed.
4137 : : */
4138 : 612302 : chunk = events->tail;
4139 [ + + ]: 612302 : if (chunk == NULL ||
4140 [ + + ]: 606524 : chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr < needed)
4141 : : {
4142 : : Size chunksize;
4143 : :
4144 : : /* Create event context if we didn't already */
4145 [ + + ]: 5836 : if (afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL)
4146 : 4536 : afterTriggers.event_cxt =
4147 : 4536 : AllocSetContextCreate(TopTransactionContext,
4148 : : "AfterTriggerEvents",
4149 : : ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
4150 : :
4151 : : /*
4152 : : * Chunk size starts at 1KB and is allowed to increase up to 1MB.
4153 : : * These numbers are fairly arbitrary, though there is a hard limit at
4154 : : * AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET; else we couldn't link event records to their
4155 : : * shared records using the available space in ate_flags. Another
4156 : : * constraint is that if the chunk size gets too huge, the search loop
4157 : : * below would get slow given a (not too common) usage pattern with
4158 : : * many distinct event types in a chunk. Therefore, we double the
4159 : : * preceding chunk size only if there weren't too many shared records
4160 : : * in the preceding chunk; otherwise we halve it. This gives us some
4161 : : * ability to adapt to the actual usage pattern of the current query
4162 : : * while still having large chunk sizes in typical usage. All chunk
4163 : : * sizes used should be MAXALIGN multiples, to ensure that the shared
4164 : : * records will be aligned safely.
4165 : : */
4166 : : #define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE 1024
4167 : : #define MAX_CHUNK_SIZE (1024*1024)
4168 : :
4169 : : #if MAX_CHUNK_SIZE > (AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET+1)
4170 : : #error MAX_CHUNK_SIZE must not exceed AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET
4171 : : #endif
4172 : :
4173 [ + + ]: 5836 : if (chunk == NULL)
4174 : 5778 : chunksize = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE;
4175 : : else
4176 : : {
4177 : : /* preceding chunk size... */
4178 : 58 : chunksize = chunk->endptr - (char *) chunk;
4179 : : /* check number of shared records in preceding chunk */
4180 [ + - ]: 58 : if ((chunk->endptr - chunk->endfree) <=
4181 : : (100 * sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData)))
4182 : 58 : chunksize *= 2; /* okay, double it */
4183 : : else
4184 : 0 : chunksize /= 2; /* too many shared records */
4185 : 58 : chunksize = Min(chunksize, MAX_CHUNK_SIZE);
4186 : : }
4187 : 5836 : chunk = MemoryContextAlloc(afterTriggers.event_cxt, chunksize);
4188 : 5836 : chunk->next = NULL;
4189 : 5836 : chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
4190 : 5836 : chunk->endptr = chunk->endfree = (char *) chunk + chunksize;
4191 : : Assert(chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr >= needed);
4192 : :
4193 [ + + ]: 5836 : if (events->tail == NULL)
4194 : : {
4195 : : Assert(events->head == NULL);
4196 : 5778 : events->head = chunk;
4197 : : }
4198 : : else
4199 : 58 : events->tail->next = chunk;
4200 : 5836 : events->tail = chunk;
4201 : : /* events->tailfree is now out of sync, but we'll fix it below */
4202 : : }
4203 : :
4204 : : /*
4205 : : * Try to locate a matching shared-data record already in the chunk. If
4206 : : * none, make a new one. The search begins with the most recently added
4207 : : * record, since newer ones are most likely to match.
4208 : : */
4209 : 612302 : for (newshared = (AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree;
4210 [ + + ]: 815881 : (char *) newshared < chunk->endptr;
4211 : 203579 : newshared++)
4212 : : {
4213 : : /* compare fields roughly by probability of them being different */
4214 [ + + ]: 807849 : if (newshared->ats_tgoid == evtshared->ats_tgoid &&
4215 [ + + ]: 604415 : newshared->ats_event == evtshared->ats_event &&
4216 [ + + ]: 604411 : newshared->ats_firing_id == 0 &&
4217 [ + - ]: 604295 : newshared->ats_table == evtshared->ats_table &&
4218 [ + - ]: 604295 : newshared->ats_relid == evtshared->ats_relid &&
4219 [ + + + + ]: 1208586 : newshared->ats_rolid == evtshared->ats_rolid &&
4220 : 604291 : bms_equal(newshared->ats_modifiedcols,
4221 : 604291 : evtshared->ats_modifiedcols))
4222 : 604270 : break;
4223 : : }
4224 [ + + ]: 612302 : if ((char *) newshared >= chunk->endptr)
4225 : : {
4226 : 8032 : newshared = ((AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree) - 1;
4227 : 8032 : *newshared = *evtshared;
4228 : : /* now we must make a suitably-long-lived copy of the bitmap */
4229 : 8032 : newshared->ats_modifiedcols = afterTriggerCopyBitmap(evtshared->ats_modifiedcols);
4230 : 8032 : newshared->ats_firing_id = 0; /* just to be sure */
4231 : 8032 : chunk->endfree = (char *) newshared;
4232 : : }
4233 : :
4234 : : /* Insert the data */
4235 : 612302 : newevent = (AfterTriggerEvent) chunk->freeptr;
4236 : 612302 : memcpy(newevent, event, eventsize);
4237 : : /* ... and link the new event to its shared record */
4238 : 612302 : newevent->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET;
4239 : 612302 : newevent->ate_flags |= (char *) newshared - (char *) newevent;
4240 : :
4241 : 612302 : chunk->freeptr += eventsize;
4242 : 612302 : events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
4243 : 612302 : }
4244 : :
4245 : : /* ----------
4246 : : * afterTriggerFreeEventList()
4247 : : *
4248 : : * Free all the event storage in the given list.
4249 : : * ----------
4250 : : */
4251 : : static void
4252 : 10985 : afterTriggerFreeEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events)
4253 : : {
4254 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4255 : :
4256 [ + + ]: 15699 : while ((chunk = events->head) != NULL)
4257 : : {
4258 : 4714 : events->head = chunk->next;
4259 : 4714 : pfree(chunk);
4260 : : }
4261 : 10985 : events->tail = NULL;
4262 : 10985 : events->tailfree = NULL;
4263 : 10985 : }
4264 : :
4265 : : /* ----------
4266 : : * afterTriggerRestoreEventList()
4267 : : *
4268 : : * Restore an event list to its prior length, removing all the events
4269 : : * added since it had the value old_events.
4270 : : * ----------
4271 : : */
4272 : : static void
4273 : 5421 : afterTriggerRestoreEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
4274 : : const AfterTriggerEventList *old_events)
4275 : : {
4276 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4277 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *next_chunk;
4278 : :
4279 [ + + ]: 5421 : if (old_events->tail == NULL)
4280 : : {
4281 : : /* restoring to a completely empty state, so free everything */
4282 : 5407 : afterTriggerFreeEventList(events);
4283 : : }
4284 : : else
4285 : : {
4286 : 14 : *events = *old_events;
4287 : : /* free any chunks after the last one we want to keep */
4288 [ - + ]: 14 : for (chunk = events->tail->next; chunk != NULL; chunk = next_chunk)
4289 : : {
4290 : 0 : next_chunk = chunk->next;
4291 : 0 : pfree(chunk);
4292 : : }
4293 : : /* and clean up the tail chunk to be the right length */
4294 : 14 : events->tail->next = NULL;
4295 : 14 : events->tail->freeptr = events->tailfree;
4296 : :
4297 : : /*
4298 : : * We don't make any effort to remove now-unused shared data records.
4299 : : * They might still be useful, anyway.
4300 : : */
4301 : : }
4302 : 5421 : }
4303 : :
4304 : : /* ----------
4305 : : * afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk()
4306 : : *
4307 : : * Remove the first chunk of events from the query level's event list.
4308 : : * Keep any event list pointers elsewhere in the query level's data
4309 : : * structures in sync.
4310 : : * ----------
4311 : : */
4312 : : static void
4313 : 0 : afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
4314 : : {
4315 : 0 : AfterTriggerEventChunk *target = qs->events.head;
4316 : : ListCell *lc;
4317 : :
4318 : : Assert(target && target->next);
4319 : :
4320 : : /*
4321 : : * First, update any pointers in the per-table data, so that they won't be
4322 : : * dangling. Resetting obsoleted pointers to NULL will make
4323 : : * cancel_prior_stmt_triggers start from the list head, which is fine.
4324 : : */
4325 [ # # # # : 0 : foreach(lc, qs->tables)
# # ]
4326 : : {
4327 : 0 : AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
4328 : :
4329 [ # # ]: 0 : if (table->after_trig_done &&
4330 [ # # ]: 0 : table->after_trig_events.tail == target)
4331 : : {
4332 : 0 : table->after_trig_events.head = NULL;
4333 : 0 : table->after_trig_events.tail = NULL;
4334 : 0 : table->after_trig_events.tailfree = NULL;
4335 : : }
4336 : : }
4337 : :
4338 : : /* Now we can flush the head chunk */
4339 : 0 : qs->events.head = target->next;
4340 : 0 : pfree(target);
4341 : 0 : }
4342 : :
4343 : :
4344 : : /* ----------
4345 : : * AfterTriggerExecute()
4346 : : *
4347 : : * Fetch the required tuples back from the heap and fire one
4348 : : * single trigger function.
4349 : : *
4350 : : * Frequently, this will be fired many times in a row for triggers of
4351 : : * a single relation. Therefore, we cache the open relation and provide
4352 : : * fmgr lookup cache space at the caller level. (For triggers fired at
4353 : : * the end of a query, we can even piggyback on the executor's state.)
4354 : : *
4355 : : * When fired for a cross-partition update of a partitioned table, the old
4356 : : * tuple is fetched using 'src_relInfo' (the source leaf partition) and
4357 : : * the new tuple using 'dst_relInfo' (the destination leaf partition), though
4358 : : * both are converted into the root partitioned table's format before passing
4359 : : * to the trigger function.
4360 : : *
4361 : : * event: event currently being fired.
4362 : : * relInfo: result relation for event.
4363 : : * src_relInfo: source partition of a cross-partition update
4364 : : * dst_relInfo: its destination partition
4365 : : * trigdesc: working copy of rel's trigger info.
4366 : : * finfo: array of fmgr lookup cache entries (one per trigger in trigdesc).
4367 : : * instr: array of EXPLAIN ANALYZE instrumentation nodes (one per trigger),
4368 : : * or NULL if no instrumentation is wanted.
4369 : : * per_tuple_context: memory context to call trigger function in.
4370 : : * trig_tuple_slot1: scratch slot for tg_trigtuple (foreign tables only)
4371 : : * trig_tuple_slot2: scratch slot for tg_newtuple (foreign tables only)
4372 : : * ----------
4373 : : */
4374 : : static void
4375 : 611427 : AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
4376 : : AfterTriggerEvent event,
4377 : : ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
4378 : : ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
4379 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
4380 : : TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
4381 : : FmgrInfo *finfo, TriggerInstrumentation *instr,
4382 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
4383 : : TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
4384 : : TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2)
4385 : : {
4386 : 611427 : Relation rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
4387 : 611427 : Relation src_rel = src_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
4388 : 611427 : Relation dst_rel = dst_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
4389 : 611427 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
4390 : 611427 : Oid tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
4391 : 611427 : TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
4392 : : Oid save_rolid;
4393 : : int save_sec_context;
4394 : : HeapTuple rettuple;
4395 : : int tgindx;
4396 : 611427 : bool should_free_trig = false;
4397 : 611427 : bool should_free_new = false;
4398 : :
4399 : : /*
4400 : : * Locate trigger in trigdesc. It might not be present, and in fact the
4401 : : * trigdesc could be NULL, if the trigger was dropped since the event was
4402 : : * queued. In that case, silently do nothing.
4403 : : */
4404 [ + + ]: 611427 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
4405 : 4 : return;
4406 [ + - ]: 1021287 : for (tgindx = 0; tgindx < trigdesc->numtriggers; tgindx++)
4407 : : {
4408 [ + + ]: 1021287 : if (trigdesc->triggers[tgindx].tgoid == tgoid)
4409 : : {
4410 : 611423 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = &(trigdesc->triggers[tgindx]);
4411 : 611423 : break;
4412 : : }
4413 : : }
4414 [ - + ]: 611423 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger == NULL)
4415 : 0 : return;
4416 : :
4417 : : /*
4418 : : * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger. We want
4419 : : * to include time spent re-fetching tuples in the trigger cost.
4420 : : */
4421 [ - + ]: 611423 : if (instr)
4422 : 0 : InstrStartTrigger(instr + tgindx);
4423 : :
4424 : : /*
4425 : : * Fetch the required tuple(s).
4426 : : */
4427 [ + + + ]: 611423 : switch (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS)
4428 : : {
4429 : 25 : case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH:
4430 : : {
4431 : 25 : Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
4432 : :
4433 [ - + ]: 25 : if (!tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
4434 : : trig_tuple_slot1))
4435 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
4436 : :
4437 [ + + ]: 25 : if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
4438 : 9 : TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE &&
4439 [ - + ]: 9 : !tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
4440 : : trig_tuple_slot2))
4441 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
4442 : : }
4443 : : pg_fallthrough;
4444 : : case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE:
4445 : :
4446 : : /*
4447 : : * Store tuple in the slot so that tg_trigtuple does not reference
4448 : : * tuplestore memory. (It is formally possible for the trigger
4449 : : * function to queue trigger events that add to the same
4450 : : * tuplestore, which can push other tuples out of memory.) The
4451 : : * distinction is academic, because we start with a minimal tuple
4452 : : * that is stored as a heap tuple, constructed in different memory
4453 : : * context, in the slot anyway.
4454 : : */
4455 : 29 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = trig_tuple_slot1;
4456 : 29 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
4457 : 29 : ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot1, true, &should_free_trig);
4458 : :
4459 [ + + ]: 29 : if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
4460 : : TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
4461 : : {
4462 : 11 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = trig_tuple_slot2;
4463 : 11 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
4464 : 11 : ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot2, true, &should_free_new);
4465 : : }
4466 : : else
4467 : : {
4468 : 18 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
4469 : : }
4470 : 29 : break;
4471 : :
4472 : 611394 : default:
4473 [ + + ]: 611394 : if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid1)))
4474 : : {
4475 : 610638 : TupleTableSlot *src_slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate,
4476 : : src_relInfo);
4477 : :
4478 [ - + ]: 610638 : if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(src_rel,
4479 : : &(event->ate_ctid1),
4480 : : SnapshotAny,
4481 : : src_slot))
4482 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
4483 : :
4484 : : /*
4485 : : * Store the tuple fetched from the source partition into the
4486 : : * target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if needed.
4487 : : */
4488 [ + + ]: 610638 : if (src_relInfo != relInfo)
4489 : : {
4490 : 100 : TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_relInfo);
4491 : :
4492 : 100 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relInfo);
4493 [ + + ]: 100 : if (map)
4494 : : {
4495 : 24 : execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
4496 : : src_slot,
4497 : : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
4498 : : }
4499 : : else
4500 : 76 : ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, src_slot);
4501 : : }
4502 : : else
4503 : 610538 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = src_slot;
4504 : 610638 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
4505 : 610638 : ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, false, &should_free_trig);
4506 : : }
4507 : : else
4508 : : {
4509 : 756 : LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
4510 : : }
4511 : :
4512 : : /* don't touch ctid2 if not there */
4513 [ + + ]: 611394 : if (((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ||
4514 [ + + + - ]: 611494 : (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)) &&
4515 : 2094 : ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid2)))
4516 : 2094 : {
4517 : 2094 : TupleTableSlot *dst_slot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate,
4518 : : dst_relInfo);
4519 : :
4520 [ - + ]: 2094 : if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(dst_rel,
4521 : : &(event->ate_ctid2),
4522 : : SnapshotAny,
4523 : : dst_slot))
4524 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
4525 : :
4526 : : /*
4527 : : * Store the tuple fetched from the destination partition into
4528 : : * the target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if
4529 : : * needed.
4530 : : */
4531 [ + + ]: 2094 : if (dst_relInfo != relInfo)
4532 : : {
4533 : 100 : TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_relInfo);
4534 : :
4535 : 100 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relInfo);
4536 [ + + ]: 100 : if (map)
4537 : : {
4538 : 28 : execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
4539 : : dst_slot,
4540 : : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
4541 : : }
4542 : : else
4543 : 72 : ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, dst_slot);
4544 : : }
4545 : : else
4546 : 1994 : LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = dst_slot;
4547 : 2094 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
4548 : 2094 : ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, false, &should_free_new);
4549 : : }
4550 : : else
4551 : : {
4552 : 609300 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
4553 : : }
4554 : : }
4555 : :
4556 : : /*
4557 : : * Set up the tuplestore information to let the trigger have access to
4558 : : * transition tables. When we first make a transition table available to
4559 : : * a trigger, mark it "closed" so that it cannot change anymore. If any
4560 : : * additional events of the same type get queued in the current trigger
4561 : : * query level, they'll go into new transition tables.
4562 : : */
4563 : 611423 : LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = NULL;
4564 [ + + ]: 611423 : if (evtshared->ats_table)
4565 : : {
4566 [ + + ]: 435 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgoldtable)
4567 : : {
4568 : 231 : LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = evtshared->ats_table->old_tuplestore;
4569 : 231 : evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
4570 : : }
4571 : :
4572 [ + + ]: 435 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgnewtable)
4573 : : {
4574 : 319 : LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = evtshared->ats_table->new_tuplestore;
4575 : 319 : evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
4576 : : }
4577 : : }
4578 : :
4579 : : /*
4580 : : * Setup the remaining trigger information
4581 : : */
4582 : 611423 : LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
4583 : 611423 : LocTriggerData.tg_event =
4584 : 611423 : evtshared->ats_event & (TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK | TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
4585 : 611423 : LocTriggerData.tg_relation = rel;
4586 [ + + ]: 611423 : if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgtype))
4587 : 3672 : LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = evtshared->ats_modifiedcols;
4588 : :
4589 : 611423 : MemoryContextReset(per_tuple_context);
4590 : :
4591 : : /*
4592 : : * If necessary, become the role that was active when the trigger got
4593 : : * queued. Note that the role might have been dropped since the trigger
4594 : : * was queued, but if that is a problem, we will get an error later.
4595 : : * Checking here would still leave a race condition.
4596 : : */
4597 : 611423 : GetUserIdAndSecContext(&save_rolid, &save_sec_context);
4598 [ + + ]: 611423 : if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
4599 : 16 : SetUserIdAndSecContext(evtshared->ats_rolid,
4600 : : save_sec_context | SECURITY_LOCAL_USERID_CHANGE);
4601 : :
4602 : : /*
4603 : : * Call the trigger and throw away any possibly returned updated tuple.
4604 : : * (Don't let ExecCallTriggerFunc measure EXPLAIN time.)
4605 : : */
4606 : 611423 : rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
4607 : : tgindx,
4608 : : finfo,
4609 : : NULL,
4610 : : per_tuple_context);
4611 [ + + ]: 610770 : if (rettuple != NULL &&
4612 [ + + ]: 2404 : rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple &&
4613 [ - + ]: 979 : rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple)
4614 : 0 : heap_freetuple(rettuple);
4615 : :
4616 : : /* Restore the current role if necessary */
4617 [ + + ]: 610770 : if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
4618 : 12 : SetUserIdAndSecContext(save_rolid, save_sec_context);
4619 : :
4620 : : /*
4621 : : * Release resources
4622 : : */
4623 [ + + ]: 610770 : if (should_free_trig)
4624 : 109 : heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple);
4625 [ + + ]: 610770 : if (should_free_new)
4626 : 91 : heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple);
4627 : :
4628 : : /* don't clear slots' contents if foreign table */
4629 [ + + ]: 610770 : if (trig_tuple_slot1 == NULL)
4630 : : {
4631 [ + + ]: 610735 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot)
4632 : 610017 : ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
4633 [ + + ]: 610735 : if (LocTriggerData.tg_newslot)
4634 : 1897 : ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
4635 : : }
4636 : :
4637 : : /*
4638 : : * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
4639 : : * the firing of the trigger.
4640 : : */
4641 [ - + ]: 610770 : if (instr)
4642 : 0 : InstrStopTrigger(instr + tgindx, 1);
4643 : : }
4644 : :
4645 : :
4646 : : /*
4647 : : * afterTriggerMarkEvents()
4648 : : *
4649 : : * Scan the given event list for not yet invoked events. Mark the ones
4650 : : * that can be invoked now with the current firing ID.
4651 : : *
4652 : : * If move_list isn't NULL, events that are not to be invoked now are
4653 : : * transferred to move_list.
4654 : : *
4655 : : * When immediate_only is true, do not invoke currently-deferred triggers.
4656 : : * (This will be false only at main transaction exit.)
4657 : : *
4658 : : * Returns true if any invokable events were found.
4659 : : */
4660 : : static bool
4661 : 629444 : afterTriggerMarkEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
4662 : : AfterTriggerEventList *move_list,
4663 : : bool immediate_only)
4664 : : {
4665 : 629444 : bool found = false;
4666 : 629444 : bool deferred_found = false;
4667 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
4668 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4669 : :
4670 [ + + + + : 1248210 : for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, *events)
+ + + + +
+ ]
4671 : : {
4672 : 612772 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
4673 : 612772 : bool defer_it = false;
4674 : :
4675 [ + + ]: 612772 : if (!(event->ate_flags &
4676 : : (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS)))
4677 : : {
4678 : : /*
4679 : : * This trigger hasn't been called or scheduled yet. Check if we
4680 : : * should call it now.
4681 : : */
4682 [ + + + + ]: 612196 : if (immediate_only && afterTriggerCheckState(evtshared))
4683 : : {
4684 : 507 : defer_it = true;
4685 : : }
4686 : : else
4687 : : {
4688 : : /*
4689 : : * Mark it as to be fired in this firing cycle.
4690 : : */
4691 : 611689 : evtshared->ats_firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
4692 : 611689 : event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
4693 : 611689 : found = true;
4694 : : }
4695 : : }
4696 : :
4697 : : /*
4698 : : * If it's deferred, move it to move_list, if requested.
4699 : : */
4700 [ + + + - ]: 612772 : if (defer_it && move_list != NULL)
4701 : : {
4702 : 507 : deferred_found = true;
4703 : : /* add it to move_list */
4704 : 507 : afterTriggerAddEvent(move_list, event, evtshared);
4705 : : /* mark original copy "done" so we don't do it again */
4706 : 507 : event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
4707 : : }
4708 : : }
4709 : :
4710 : : /*
4711 : : * We could allow deferred triggers if, before the end of the
4712 : : * security-restricted operation, we were to verify that a SET CONSTRAINTS
4713 : : * ... IMMEDIATE has fired all such triggers. For now, don't bother.
4714 : : */
4715 [ + + + + ]: 629444 : if (deferred_found && InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
4716 [ + - ]: 8 : ereport(ERROR,
4717 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
4718 : : errmsg("cannot fire deferred trigger within security-restricted operation")));
4719 : :
4720 : 629436 : return found;
4721 : : }
4722 : :
4723 : : /*
4724 : : * afterTriggerInvokeEvents()
4725 : : *
4726 : : * Scan the given event list for events that are marked as to be fired
4727 : : * in the current firing cycle, and fire them.
4728 : : *
4729 : : * If estate isn't NULL, we use its result relation info to avoid repeated
4730 : : * openings and closing of trigger target relations. If it is NULL, we
4731 : : * make one locally to cache the info in case there are multiple trigger
4732 : : * events per rel.
4733 : : *
4734 : : * When delete_ok is true, it's safe to delete fully-processed events.
4735 : : * (We are not very tense about that: we simply reset a chunk to be empty
4736 : : * if all its events got fired. The objective here is just to avoid useless
4737 : : * rescanning of events when a trigger queues new events during transaction
4738 : : * end, so it's not necessary to worry much about the case where only
4739 : : * some events are fired.)
4740 : : *
4741 : : * Returns true if no unfired events remain in the list (this allows us
4742 : : * to avoid repeating afterTriggerMarkEvents).
4743 : : */
4744 : : static bool
4745 : 5545 : afterTriggerInvokeEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
4746 : : CommandId firing_id,
4747 : : EState *estate,
4748 : : bool delete_ok)
4749 : : {
4750 : 5545 : bool all_fired = true;
4751 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
4752 : : MemoryContext per_tuple_context;
4753 : 5545 : bool local_estate = false;
4754 : 5545 : ResultRelInfo *rInfo = NULL;
4755 : 5545 : Relation rel = NULL;
4756 : 5545 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = NULL;
4757 : 5545 : FmgrInfo *finfo = NULL;
4758 : 5545 : TriggerInstrumentation *instr = NULL;
4759 : 5545 : TupleTableSlot *slot1 = NULL,
4760 : 5545 : *slot2 = NULL;
4761 : :
4762 : : /* Make a local EState if need be */
4763 [ + + ]: 5545 : if (estate == NULL)
4764 : : {
4765 : 284 : estate = CreateExecutorState();
4766 : 284 : local_estate = true;
4767 : : }
4768 : :
4769 : : /* Make a per-tuple memory context for trigger function calls */
4770 : : per_tuple_context =
4771 : 5545 : AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
4772 : : "AfterTriggerTupleContext",
4773 : : ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
4774 : :
4775 [ + + ]: 10495 : for_each_chunk(chunk, *events)
4776 : : {
4777 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
4778 : 5603 : bool all_fired_in_chunk = true;
4779 : :
4780 [ + + + + : 617389 : for_each_event(event, chunk)
+ + + + ]
4781 : : {
4782 : 612439 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
4783 : :
4784 : : /*
4785 : : * Is it one for me to fire?
4786 : : */
4787 [ + + ]: 612439 : if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS) &&
4788 [ + - ]: 611427 : evtshared->ats_firing_id == firing_id)
4789 : 610774 : {
4790 : : ResultRelInfo *src_rInfo,
4791 : : *dst_rInfo;
4792 : :
4793 : : /*
4794 : : * So let's fire it... but first, find the correct relation if
4795 : : * this is not the same relation as before.
4796 : : */
4797 [ + + + + ]: 611427 : if (rel == NULL || RelationGetRelid(rel) != evtshared->ats_relid)
4798 : : {
4799 : 5770 : rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate, evtshared->ats_relid,
4800 : : NULL);
4801 : 5770 : rel = rInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
4802 : : /* Catch calls with insufficient relcache refcounting */
4803 : : Assert(!RelationHasReferenceCountZero(rel));
4804 : 5770 : trigdesc = rInfo->ri_TrigDesc;
4805 : : /* caution: trigdesc could be NULL here */
4806 : 5770 : finfo = rInfo->ri_TrigFunctions;
4807 : 5770 : instr = rInfo->ri_TrigInstrument;
4808 [ - + ]: 5770 : if (slot1 != NULL)
4809 : : {
4810 : 0 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
4811 : 0 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
4812 : 0 : slot1 = slot2 = NULL;
4813 : : }
4814 [ + + ]: 5770 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
4815 : : {
4816 : 19 : slot1 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
4817 : : &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
4818 : 19 : slot2 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
4819 : : &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
4820 : : }
4821 : : }
4822 : :
4823 : : /*
4824 : : * Look up source and destination partition result rels of a
4825 : : * cross-partition update event.
4826 : : */
4827 [ + + ]: 611427 : if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) ==
4828 : : AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)
4829 : : {
4830 : : Assert(OidIsValid(event->ate_src_part) &&
4831 : : OidIsValid(event->ate_dst_part));
4832 : 100 : src_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
4833 : : event->ate_src_part,
4834 : : rInfo);
4835 : 100 : dst_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
4836 : : event->ate_dst_part,
4837 : : rInfo);
4838 : : }
4839 : : else
4840 : 611327 : src_rInfo = dst_rInfo = rInfo;
4841 : :
4842 : : /*
4843 : : * Fire it. Note that the AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS flag is
4844 : : * still set, so recursive examinations of the event list
4845 : : * won't try to re-fire it.
4846 : : */
4847 : 611427 : AfterTriggerExecute(estate, event, rInfo,
4848 : : src_rInfo, dst_rInfo,
4849 : : trigdesc, finfo, instr,
4850 : : per_tuple_context, slot1, slot2);
4851 : :
4852 : : /*
4853 : : * Mark the event as done.
4854 : : */
4855 : 610774 : event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
4856 : 610774 : event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
4857 : : }
4858 [ + + ]: 1012 : else if (!(event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE))
4859 : : {
4860 : : /* something remains to be done */
4861 : 352 : all_fired = all_fired_in_chunk = false;
4862 : : }
4863 : : }
4864 : :
4865 : : /* Clear the chunk if delete_ok and nothing left of interest */
4866 [ + + + - ]: 4950 : if (delete_ok && all_fired_in_chunk)
4867 : : {
4868 : 177 : chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
4869 : 177 : chunk->endfree = chunk->endptr;
4870 : :
4871 : : /*
4872 : : * If it's last chunk, must sync event list's tailfree too. Note
4873 : : * that delete_ok must NOT be passed as true if there could be
4874 : : * additional AfterTriggerEventList values pointing at this event
4875 : : * list, since we'd fail to fix their copies of tailfree.
4876 : : */
4877 [ + - ]: 177 : if (chunk == events->tail)
4878 : 177 : events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
4879 : : }
4880 : : }
4881 [ + + ]: 4892 : if (slot1 != NULL)
4882 : : {
4883 : 19 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
4884 : 19 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
4885 : : }
4886 : :
4887 : : /* Release working resources */
4888 : 4892 : MemoryContextDelete(per_tuple_context);
4889 : :
4890 [ + + ]: 4892 : if (local_estate)
4891 : : {
4892 : 177 : ExecCloseResultRelations(estate);
4893 : 177 : ExecResetTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable, false);
4894 : 177 : FreeExecutorState(estate);
4895 : : }
4896 : :
4897 : 4892 : return all_fired;
4898 : : }
4899 : :
4900 : :
4901 : : /*
4902 : : * GetAfterTriggersTableData
4903 : : *
4904 : : * Find or create an AfterTriggersTableData struct for the specified
4905 : : * trigger event (relation + operation type). Ignore existing structs
4906 : : * marked "closed"; we don't want to put any additional tuples into them,
4907 : : * nor change their stmt-triggers-fired state.
4908 : : *
4909 : : * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list is allocated in the current
4910 : : * (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext. This is OK because
4911 : : * we don't need it to live past AfterTriggerEndQuery.
4912 : : */
4913 : : static AfterTriggersTableData *
4914 : 1637 : GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
4915 : : {
4916 : : AfterTriggersTableData *table;
4917 : : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
4918 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
4919 : : ListCell *lc;
4920 : :
4921 : : /* At this level, cmdType should not be, eg, CMD_MERGE */
4922 : : Assert(cmdType == CMD_INSERT ||
4923 : : cmdType == CMD_UPDATE ||
4924 : : cmdType == CMD_DELETE);
4925 : :
4926 : : /* Caller should have ensured query_depth is OK. */
4927 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0 &&
4928 : : afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
4929 : 1637 : qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
4930 : :
4931 [ + + + + : 1877 : foreach(lc, qs->tables)
+ + ]
4932 : : {
4933 : 1084 : table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
4934 [ + + + + ]: 1084 : if (table->relid == relid && table->cmdType == cmdType &&
4935 [ + + ]: 868 : !table->closed)
4936 : 844 : return table;
4937 : : }
4938 : :
4939 : 793 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
4940 : :
4941 : 793 : table = palloc0_object(AfterTriggersTableData);
4942 : 793 : table->relid = relid;
4943 : 793 : table->cmdType = cmdType;
4944 : 793 : qs->tables = lappend(qs->tables, table);
4945 : :
4946 : 793 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
4947 : :
4948 : 793 : return table;
4949 : : }
4950 : :
4951 : : /*
4952 : : * Returns a TupleTableSlot suitable for holding the tuples to be put
4953 : : * into AfterTriggersTableData's transition table tuplestores.
4954 : : */
4955 : : static TupleTableSlot *
4956 : 196 : GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
4957 : : TupleDesc tupdesc)
4958 : : {
4959 : : /* Create it if not already done. */
4960 [ + + ]: 196 : if (!table->storeslot)
4961 : : {
4962 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
4963 : :
4964 : : /*
4965 : : * We need this slot only until AfterTriggerEndQuery, but making it
4966 : : * last till end-of-subxact is good enough. It'll be freed by
4967 : : * AfterTriggerFreeQuery(). However, the passed-in tupdesc might have
4968 : : * a different lifespan, so we'd better make a copy of that.
4969 : : */
4970 : 56 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
4971 : 56 : tupdesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(tupdesc);
4972 : 56 : table->storeslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual);
4973 : 56 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
4974 : : }
4975 : :
4976 : 196 : return table->storeslot;
4977 : : }
4978 : :
4979 : : /*
4980 : : * MakeTransitionCaptureState
4981 : : *
4982 : : * Make a TransitionCaptureState object for the given TriggerDesc, target
4983 : : * relation, and operation type. The TCS object holds all the state needed
4984 : : * to decide whether to capture tuples in transition tables.
4985 : : *
4986 : : * If there are no triggers in 'trigdesc' that request relevant transition
4987 : : * tables, then return NULL.
4988 : : *
4989 : : * The resulting object can be passed to the ExecAR* functions. When
4990 : : * dealing with child tables, the caller can set tcs_original_insert_tuple
4991 : : * to avoid having to reconstruct the original tuple in the root table's
4992 : : * format.
4993 : : *
4994 : : * Note that we copy the flags from a parent table into this struct (rather
4995 : : * than subsequently using the relation's TriggerDesc directly) so that we can
4996 : : * use it to control collection of transition tuples from child tables.
4997 : : *
4998 : : * Per SQL spec, all operations of the same kind (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE)
4999 : : * on the same table during one query should share one transition table.
5000 : : * Therefore, the Tuplestores are owned by an AfterTriggersTableData struct
5001 : : * looked up using the table OID + CmdType, and are merely referenced by
5002 : : * the TransitionCaptureState objects we hand out to callers.
5003 : : */
5004 : : TransitionCaptureState *
5005 : 75397 : MakeTransitionCaptureState(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
5006 : : {
5007 : : TransitionCaptureState *state;
5008 : : bool need_old_upd,
5009 : : need_new_upd,
5010 : : need_old_del,
5011 : : need_new_ins;
5012 : : AfterTriggersTableData *ins_table;
5013 : : AfterTriggersTableData *upd_table;
5014 : : AfterTriggersTableData *del_table;
5015 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
5016 : : ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
5017 : :
5018 [ + + ]: 75397 : if (trigdesc == NULL)
5019 : 66260 : return NULL;
5020 : :
5021 : : /* Detect which table(s) we need. */
5022 [ + + + + : 9137 : switch (cmdType)
- ]
5023 : : {
5024 : 5307 : case CMD_INSERT:
5025 : 5307 : need_old_upd = need_old_del = need_new_upd = false;
5026 : 5307 : need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
5027 : 5307 : break;
5028 : 2589 : case CMD_UPDATE:
5029 : 2589 : need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
5030 : 2589 : need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
5031 : 2589 : need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
5032 : 2589 : break;
5033 : 995 : case CMD_DELETE:
5034 : 995 : need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
5035 : 995 : need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_new_ins = false;
5036 : 995 : break;
5037 : 246 : case CMD_MERGE:
5038 : 246 : need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
5039 : 246 : need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
5040 : 246 : need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
5041 : 246 : need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
5042 : 246 : break;
5043 : 0 : default:
5044 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "unexpected CmdType: %d", (int) cmdType);
5045 : : /* keep compiler quiet */
5046 : : need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
5047 : : break;
5048 : : }
5049 [ + + + + : 9137 : if (!need_old_upd && !need_new_upd && !need_new_ins && !need_old_del)
+ + + + ]
5050 : 8706 : return NULL;
5051 : :
5052 : : /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
5053 [ - + ]: 431 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
5054 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "MakeTransitionCaptureState() called outside of query");
5055 : :
5056 : : /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
5057 [ + + ]: 431 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
5058 : 315 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
5059 : :
5060 : : /*
5061 : : * Find or create AfterTriggersTableData struct(s) to hold the
5062 : : * tuplestore(s). If there's a matching struct but it's marked closed,
5063 : : * ignore it; we need a newer one.
5064 : : *
5065 : : * Note: MERGE must use the same AfterTriggersTableData structs as INSERT,
5066 : : * UPDATE, and DELETE, so that any MERGE'd tuples are added to the same
5067 : : * tuplestores as tuples from any INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE commands
5068 : : * running in the same top-level command (e.g., in a writable CTE).
5069 : : *
5070 : : * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list, as well as the tuplestores, are
5071 : : * allocated in the current (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext, and
5072 : : * the tuplestores are managed by the (sub)transaction's resource owner.
5073 : : * This is sufficient lifespan because we do not allow triggers using
5074 : : * transition tables to be deferrable; they will be fired during
5075 : : * AfterTriggerEndQuery, after which it's okay to delete the data.
5076 : : */
5077 [ + + ]: 431 : if (need_new_ins)
5078 : 180 : ins_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_INSERT);
5079 : : else
5080 : 251 : ins_table = NULL;
5081 : :
5082 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_old_upd || need_new_upd)
5083 : 145 : upd_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_UPDATE);
5084 : : else
5085 : 286 : upd_table = NULL;
5086 : :
5087 [ + + ]: 431 : if (need_old_del)
5088 : 130 : del_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_DELETE);
5089 : : else
5090 : 301 : del_table = NULL;
5091 : :
5092 : : /* Now create required tuplestore(s), if we don't have them already. */
5093 : 431 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
5094 : 431 : saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
5095 : 431 : CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
5096 : :
5097 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_old_upd && upd_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
5098 : 121 : upd_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
5099 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_new_upd && upd_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
5100 : 129 : upd_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
5101 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_old_del && del_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
5102 : 98 : del_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
5103 [ + + + + ]: 431 : if (need_new_ins && ins_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
5104 : 172 : ins_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
5105 : :
5106 : 431 : CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
5107 : 431 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
5108 : :
5109 : : /* Now build the TransitionCaptureState struct, in caller's context */
5110 : 431 : state = palloc0_object(TransitionCaptureState);
5111 : 431 : state->tcs_delete_old_table = need_old_del;
5112 : 431 : state->tcs_update_old_table = need_old_upd;
5113 : 431 : state->tcs_update_new_table = need_new_upd;
5114 : 431 : state->tcs_insert_new_table = need_new_ins;
5115 : 431 : state->tcs_insert_private = ins_table;
5116 : 431 : state->tcs_update_private = upd_table;
5117 : 431 : state->tcs_delete_private = del_table;
5118 : :
5119 : 431 : return state;
5120 : : }
5121 : :
5122 : :
5123 : : /* ----------
5124 : : * AfterTriggerBeginXact()
5125 : : *
5126 : : * Called at transaction start (either BEGIN or implicit for single
5127 : : * statement outside of transaction block).
5128 : : * ----------
5129 : : */
5130 : : void
5131 : 651682 : AfterTriggerBeginXact(void)
5132 : : {
5133 : : /*
5134 : : * Initialize after-trigger state structure to empty
5135 : : */
5136 : 651682 : afterTriggers.firing_counter = (CommandId) 1; /* mustn't be 0 */
5137 : 651682 : afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
5138 : 651682 : afterTriggers.firing_depth = 0;
5139 : 651682 : afterTriggers.batch_callbacks = NIL;
5140 : 651682 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = false;
5141 : :
5142 : : /*
5143 : : * Verify that there is no leftover state remaining. If these assertions
5144 : : * trip, it means that AfterTriggerEndXact wasn't called or didn't clean
5145 : : * up properly.
5146 : : */
5147 : : Assert(afterTriggers.state == NULL);
5148 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_stack == NULL);
5149 : : Assert(afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0);
5150 : : Assert(afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL);
5151 : : Assert(afterTriggers.events.head == NULL);
5152 : : Assert(afterTriggers.trans_stack == NULL);
5153 : : Assert(afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0);
5154 : 651682 : }
5155 : :
5156 : :
5157 : : /* ----------
5158 : : * AfterTriggerBeginQuery()
5159 : : *
5160 : : * Called just before we start processing a single query within a
5161 : : * transaction (or subtransaction). Most of the real work gets deferred
5162 : : * until somebody actually tries to queue a trigger event.
5163 : : * ----------
5164 : : */
5165 : : void
5166 : 244553 : AfterTriggerBeginQuery(void)
5167 : : {
5168 : : /* Increase the query stack depth */
5169 : 244553 : afterTriggers.query_depth++;
5170 : 244553 : }
5171 : :
5172 : :
5173 : : /* ----------
5174 : : * AfterTriggerEndQuery()
5175 : : *
5176 : : * Called after one query has been completely processed. At this time
5177 : : * we invoke all AFTER IMMEDIATE trigger events queued by the query, and
5178 : : * transfer deferred trigger events to the global deferred-trigger list.
5179 : : *
5180 : : * Note that this must be called BEFORE closing down the executor
5181 : : * with ExecutorEnd, because we make use of the EState's info about
5182 : : * target relations. Normally it is called from ExecutorFinish.
5183 : : * ----------
5184 : : */
5185 : : void
5186 : 241316 : AfterTriggerEndQuery(EState *estate)
5187 : : {
5188 : : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
5189 : :
5190 : : /* Must be inside a query, too */
5191 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0);
5192 : :
5193 : : /*
5194 : : * If we never even got as far as initializing the event stack, there
5195 : : * certainly won't be any events, so exit quickly.
5196 : : */
5197 [ + + ]: 241316 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
5198 : : {
5199 : 234950 : afterTriggers.query_depth--;
5200 : 234950 : return;
5201 : : }
5202 : :
5203 : : /*
5204 : : * Process all immediate-mode triggers queued by the query, and move the
5205 : : * deferred ones to the main list of deferred events.
5206 : : *
5207 : : * Notice that we decide which ones will be fired, and put the deferred
5208 : : * ones on the main list, before anything is actually fired. This ensures
5209 : : * reasonably sane behavior if a trigger function does SET CONSTRAINTS ...
5210 : : * IMMEDIATE: all events we have decided to defer will be available for it
5211 : : * to fire.
5212 : : *
5213 : : * We loop in case a trigger queues more events at the same query level.
5214 : : * Ordinary trigger functions, including all PL/pgSQL trigger functions,
5215 : : * will instead fire any triggers in a dedicated query level. Foreign key
5216 : : * enforcement triggers do add to the current query level, thanks to their
5217 : : * passing fire_triggers = false to SPI_execute_snapshot(). Other
5218 : : * C-language triggers might do likewise.
5219 : : *
5220 : : * If we find no firable events, we don't have to increment
5221 : : * firing_counter.
5222 : : */
5223 : 6366 : qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
5224 : :
5225 : 6366 : afterTriggers.firing_depth++;
5226 : : for (;;)
5227 : : {
5228 [ + + ]: 6574 : if (afterTriggerMarkEvents(&qs->events, &afterTriggers.events, true))
5229 : : {
5230 : 5261 : CommandId firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
5231 : 5261 : AfterTriggerEventChunk *oldtail = qs->events.tail;
5232 : :
5233 [ + + ]: 5261 : if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(&qs->events, firing_id, estate, false))
5234 : 4507 : break; /* all fired */
5235 : :
5236 : : /*
5237 : : * Firing a trigger could result in query_stack being repalloc'd,
5238 : : * so we must recalculate qs after each afterTriggerInvokeEvents
5239 : : * call. Furthermore, it's unsafe to pass delete_ok = true here,
5240 : : * because that could cause afterTriggerInvokeEvents to try to
5241 : : * access qs->events after the stack has been repalloc'd.
5242 : : */
5243 : 208 : qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
5244 : :
5245 : : /*
5246 : : * We'll need to scan the events list again. To reduce the cost
5247 : : * of doing so, get rid of completely-fired chunks. We know that
5248 : : * all events were marked IN_PROGRESS or DONE at the conclusion of
5249 : : * afterTriggerMarkEvents, so any still-interesting events must
5250 : : * have been added after that, and so must be in the chunk that
5251 : : * was then the tail chunk, or in later chunks. So, zap all
5252 : : * chunks before oldtail. This is approximately the same set of
5253 : : * events we would have gotten rid of by passing delete_ok = true.
5254 : : */
5255 : : Assert(oldtail != NULL);
5256 [ - + ]: 208 : while (qs->events.head != oldtail)
5257 : 0 : afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(qs);
5258 : : }
5259 : : else
5260 : 1305 : break;
5261 : : }
5262 : :
5263 : : /*
5264 : : * Fire batch callbacks before releasing query-level storage and before
5265 : : * decrementing query_depth. Callbacks may do real work (index probes,
5266 : : * error reporting).
5267 : : *
5268 : : * Recompute qs first: the loop above refreshes it after each
5269 : : * afterTriggerInvokeEvents() call (see comment there), but the "all
5270 : : * fired" break exits without doing so, leaving qs potentially stale here.
5271 : : */
5272 : 5812 : qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
5273 : 5812 : FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(qs->batch_callbacks);
5274 : :
5275 : : /* Release query-level-local storage, including tuplestores if any */
5276 : 5557 : AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
5277 : :
5278 : 5557 : afterTriggers.query_depth--;
5279 : 5557 : afterTriggers.firing_depth--;
5280 : : }
5281 : :
5282 : :
5283 : : /*
5284 : : * AfterTriggerFreeQuery
5285 : : * Release subsidiary storage for a trigger query level.
5286 : : * This includes closing down tuplestores.
5287 : : * Note: it's important for this to be safe if interrupted by an error
5288 : : * and then called again for the same query level.
5289 : : */
5290 : : static void
5291 : 5578 : AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
5292 : : {
5293 : : Tuplestorestate *ts;
5294 : : List *tables;
5295 : : ListCell *lc;
5296 : :
5297 : : /* Drop the trigger events */
5298 : 5578 : afterTriggerFreeEventList(&qs->events);
5299 : :
5300 : : /* Drop FDW tuplestore if any */
5301 : 5578 : ts = qs->fdw_tuplestore;
5302 : 5578 : qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
5303 [ + + ]: 5578 : if (ts)
5304 : 18 : tuplestore_end(ts);
5305 : :
5306 : : /* Release per-table subsidiary storage */
5307 : 5578 : tables = qs->tables;
5308 [ + + + + : 6325 : foreach(lc, tables)
+ + ]
5309 : : {
5310 : 747 : AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
5311 : :
5312 : 747 : ts = table->old_tuplestore;
5313 : 747 : table->old_tuplestore = NULL;
5314 [ + + ]: 747 : if (ts)
5315 : 199 : tuplestore_end(ts);
5316 : 747 : ts = table->new_tuplestore;
5317 : 747 : table->new_tuplestore = NULL;
5318 [ + + ]: 747 : if (ts)
5319 : 275 : tuplestore_end(ts);
5320 [ + + ]: 747 : if (table->storeslot)
5321 : : {
5322 : 56 : TupleTableSlot *slot = table->storeslot;
5323 : :
5324 : 56 : table->storeslot = NULL;
5325 : 56 : ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
5326 : : }
5327 : : }
5328 : :
5329 : : /*
5330 : : * Now free the AfterTriggersTableData structs and list cells. Reset list
5331 : : * pointer first; if list_free_deep somehow gets an error, better to leak
5332 : : * that storage than have an infinite loop.
5333 : : */
5334 : 5578 : qs->tables = NIL;
5335 : 5578 : list_free_deep(tables);
5336 : :
5337 : 5578 : list_free_deep(qs->batch_callbacks);
5338 : 5578 : qs->batch_callbacks = NIL;
5339 : 5578 : }
5340 : :
5341 : :
5342 : : /* ----------
5343 : : * AfterTriggerFireDeferred()
5344 : : *
5345 : : * Called just before the current transaction is committed. At this
5346 : : * time we invoke all pending DEFERRED triggers.
5347 : : *
5348 : : * It is possible for other modules to queue additional deferred triggers
5349 : : * during pre-commit processing; therefore xact.c may have to call this
5350 : : * multiple times.
5351 : : * ----------
5352 : : */
5353 : : void
5354 : 622844 : AfterTriggerFireDeferred(void)
5355 : : {
5356 : : AfterTriggerEventList *events;
5357 : 622844 : bool snap_pushed = false;
5358 : :
5359 : : /* Must not be inside a query */
5360 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth == -1);
5361 : :
5362 : : /*
5363 : : * If there are any triggers to fire, make sure we have set a snapshot for
5364 : : * them to use. (Since PortalRunUtility doesn't set a snap for COMMIT, we
5365 : : * can't assume ActiveSnapshot is valid on entry.)
5366 : : */
5367 : 622844 : events = &afterTriggers.events;
5368 [ + + ]: 622844 : if (events->head != NULL)
5369 : : {
5370 : 270 : PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
5371 : 270 : snap_pushed = true;
5372 : : }
5373 : :
5374 : : /*
5375 : : * Run all the remaining triggers. Loop until they are all gone, in case
5376 : : * some trigger queues more for us to do.
5377 : : */
5378 : 622844 : afterTriggers.firing_depth++;
5379 [ + + ]: 622844 : while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, false))
5380 : : {
5381 : 270 : CommandId firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
5382 : :
5383 [ + - ]: 270 : if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL, true))
5384 : 169 : break; /* all fired */
5385 : : }
5386 : :
5387 : : /* Flush any fast-path batches accumulated by the triggers just fired. */
5388 : 622743 : FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks);
5389 : :
5390 : 622704 : afterTriggers.firing_depth--;
5391 : :
5392 : : /*
5393 : : * We don't bother freeing the event list or batch_callbacks, since they
5394 : : * will go away anyway (and more efficiently than via pfree) in
5395 : : * AfterTriggerEndXact.
5396 : : */
5397 : :
5398 [ + + ]: 622704 : if (snap_pushed)
5399 : 130 : PopActiveSnapshot();
5400 : 622704 : }
5401 : :
5402 : :
5403 : : /* ----------
5404 : : * AfterTriggerEndXact()
5405 : : *
5406 : : * The current transaction is finishing.
5407 : : *
5408 : : * Any unfired triggers are canceled so we simply throw
5409 : : * away anything we know.
5410 : : *
5411 : : * Note: it is possible for this to be called repeatedly in case of
5412 : : * error during transaction abort; therefore, do not complain if
5413 : : * already closed down.
5414 : : * ----------
5415 : : */
5416 : : void
5417 : 651906 : AfterTriggerEndXact(bool isCommit)
5418 : : {
5419 : : /*
5420 : : * Forget the pending-events list.
5421 : : *
5422 : : * Since all the info is in TopTransactionContext or children thereof, we
5423 : : * don't really need to do anything to reclaim memory. However, the
5424 : : * pending-events list could be large, and so it's useful to discard it as
5425 : : * soon as possible --- especially if we are aborting because we ran out
5426 : : * of memory for the list!
5427 : : */
5428 [ + + ]: 651906 : if (afterTriggers.event_cxt)
5429 : : {
5430 : 4536 : MemoryContextDelete(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
5431 : 4536 : afterTriggers.event_cxt = NULL;
5432 : 4536 : afterTriggers.events.head = NULL;
5433 : 4536 : afterTriggers.events.tail = NULL;
5434 : 4536 : afterTriggers.events.tailfree = NULL;
5435 : : }
5436 : :
5437 : : /*
5438 : : * Forget any subtransaction state as well. Since this can't be very
5439 : : * large, we let the eventual reset of TopTransactionContext free the
5440 : : * memory instead of doing it here.
5441 : : */
5442 : 651906 : afterTriggers.trans_stack = NULL;
5443 : 651906 : afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 0;
5444 : :
5445 : :
5446 : : /*
5447 : : * Forget the query stack and constraint-related state information. As
5448 : : * with the subtransaction state information, we don't bother freeing the
5449 : : * memory here.
5450 : : */
5451 : 651906 : afterTriggers.query_stack = NULL;
5452 : 651906 : afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = 0;
5453 : 651906 : afterTriggers.state = NULL;
5454 : :
5455 : : /* No more afterTriggers manipulation until next transaction starts. */
5456 : 651906 : afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
5457 : :
5458 : 651906 : afterTriggers.firing_depth = 0;
5459 : :
5460 : 651906 : list_free_deep(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks);
5461 : 651906 : afterTriggers.batch_callbacks = NIL;
5462 : 651906 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = false;
5463 : 651906 : }
5464 : :
5465 : : /*
5466 : : * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact()
5467 : : *
5468 : : * Start a subtransaction.
5469 : : */
5470 : : void
5471 : 11054 : AfterTriggerBeginSubXact(void)
5472 : : {
5473 : 11054 : int my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
5474 : :
5475 : : /*
5476 : : * Allocate more space in the trans_stack if needed. (Note: because the
5477 : : * minimum nest level of a subtransaction is 2, we waste the first couple
5478 : : * entries of the array; not worth the notational effort to avoid it.)
5479 : : */
5480 [ + + ]: 12587 : while (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
5481 : : {
5482 [ + + ]: 1533 : if (afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0)
5483 : : {
5484 : : /* Arbitrarily initialize for max of 8 subtransaction levels */
5485 : 1489 : afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
5486 : 1489 : MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
5487 : : 8 * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
5488 : 1489 : afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 8;
5489 : : }
5490 : : else
5491 : : {
5492 : : /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
5493 : 44 : int new_alloc = afterTriggers.maxtransdepth * 2;
5494 : :
5495 : 44 : afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
5496 : 44 : repalloc(afterTriggers.trans_stack,
5497 : : new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
5498 : 44 : afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = new_alloc;
5499 : : }
5500 : : }
5501 : :
5502 : : /*
5503 : : * Push the current information into the stack. The SET CONSTRAINTS state
5504 : : * is not saved until/unless changed. Likewise, we don't make a
5505 : : * per-subtransaction event context until needed.
5506 : : */
5507 : 11054 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
5508 : 11054 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events = afterTriggers.events;
5509 : 11054 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth = afterTriggers.query_depth;
5510 : 11054 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
5511 : 11054 : }
5512 : :
5513 : : /*
5514 : : * AfterTriggerEndSubXact()
5515 : : *
5516 : : * The current subtransaction is ending.
5517 : : */
5518 : : void
5519 : 11054 : AfterTriggerEndSubXact(bool isCommit)
5520 : : {
5521 : 11054 : int my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
5522 : : SetConstraintState state;
5523 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
5524 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
5525 : : CommandId subxact_firing_id;
5526 : :
5527 : : /*
5528 : : * Pop the prior state if needed.
5529 : : */
5530 [ + + ]: 11054 : if (isCommit)
5531 : : {
5532 : : Assert(my_level < afterTriggers.maxtransdepth);
5533 : : /* If we saved a prior state, we don't need it anymore */
5534 : 5633 : state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
5535 [ + + ]: 5633 : if (state != NULL)
5536 : 4 : pfree(state);
5537 : : /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
5538 : 5633 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
5539 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
5540 : : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
5541 : : }
5542 : : else
5543 : : {
5544 : : /*
5545 : : * Aborting. It is possible subxact start failed before calling
5546 : : * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact, in which case we mustn't risk touching
5547 : : * trans_stack levels that aren't there.
5548 : : */
5549 [ - + ]: 5421 : if (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
5550 : 0 : return;
5551 : :
5552 : : /*
5553 : : * Release query-level storage for queries being aborted, and restore
5554 : : * query_depth to its pre-subxact value. This assumes that a
5555 : : * subtransaction will not add events to query levels started in a
5556 : : * earlier transaction state.
5557 : : */
5558 [ + + ]: 5482 : while (afterTriggers.query_depth > afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth)
5559 : : {
5560 [ + + ]: 61 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
5561 : 21 : AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
5562 : 61 : afterTriggers.query_depth--;
5563 : : }
5564 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
5565 : : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
5566 : :
5567 : : /*
5568 : : * Restore the global deferred-event list to its former length,
5569 : : * discarding any events queued by the subxact.
5570 : : */
5571 : 5421 : afterTriggerRestoreEventList(&afterTriggers.events,
5572 : 5421 : &afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events);
5573 : :
5574 : : /*
5575 : : * Restore the trigger state. If the saved state is NULL, then this
5576 : : * subxact didn't save it, so it doesn't need restoring.
5577 : : */
5578 : 5421 : state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
5579 [ + + ]: 5421 : if (state != NULL)
5580 : : {
5581 : 2 : pfree(afterTriggers.state);
5582 : 2 : afterTriggers.state = state;
5583 : : }
5584 : : /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
5585 : 5421 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
5586 : :
5587 : : /*
5588 : : * Scan for any remaining deferred events that were marked DONE or IN
5589 : : * PROGRESS by this subxact or a child, and un-mark them. We can
5590 : : * recognize such events because they have a firing ID greater than or
5591 : : * equal to the firing_counter value we saved at subtransaction start.
5592 : : * (This essentially assumes that the current subxact includes all
5593 : : * subxacts started after it.)
5594 : : */
5595 : 5421 : subxact_firing_id = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter;
5596 [ + - + - : 5449 : for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
+ - + + +
+ ]
5597 : : {
5598 : 14 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
5599 : :
5600 [ + + ]: 14 : if (event->ate_flags &
5601 : : (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS))
5602 : : {
5603 [ + - ]: 2 : if (evtshared->ats_firing_id >= subxact_firing_id)
5604 : 2 : event->ate_flags &=
5605 : : ~(AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS);
5606 : : }
5607 : : }
5608 : : }
5609 : :
5610 : : /* Reset in case a callback threw an error while firing. */
5611 : 11054 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = false;
5612 : : }
5613 : :
5614 : : /*
5615 : : * Get the transition table for the given event and depending on whether we are
5616 : : * processing the old or the new tuple.
5617 : : */
5618 : : static Tuplestorestate *
5619 : 44126 : GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
5620 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
5621 : : TupleTableSlot *newslot,
5622 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
5623 : : {
5624 : 44126 : Tuplestorestate *tuplestore = NULL;
5625 : 44126 : bool delete_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table;
5626 : 44126 : bool update_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table;
5627 : 44126 : bool update_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table;
5628 : 44126 : bool insert_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table;
5629 : :
5630 : : /*
5631 : : * For INSERT events NEW should be non-NULL, for DELETE events OLD should
5632 : : * be non-NULL, whereas for UPDATE events normally both OLD and NEW are
5633 : : * non-NULL. But for UPDATE events fired for capturing transition tuples
5634 : : * during UPDATE partition-key row movement, OLD is NULL when the event is
5635 : : * for a row being inserted, whereas NEW is NULL when the event is for a
5636 : : * row being deleted.
5637 : : */
5638 : : Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table &&
5639 : : TupIsNull(oldslot)));
5640 : : Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table &&
5641 : : TupIsNull(newslot)));
5642 : :
5643 [ + + + - ]: 44126 : if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
5644 : : {
5645 : : Assert(TupIsNull(newslot));
5646 [ + + + - ]: 3619 : if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table)
5647 : 3372 : tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private->old_tuplestore;
5648 [ + - + + ]: 247 : else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_old_table)
5649 : 231 : tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->old_tuplestore;
5650 : : }
5651 [ + - + - ]: 40507 : else if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
5652 : : {
5653 : : Assert(TupIsNull(oldslot));
5654 [ + + + - ]: 40507 : if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table)
5655 : 40260 : tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private->new_tuplestore;
5656 [ + - + + ]: 247 : else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_new_table)
5657 : 243 : tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->new_tuplestore;
5658 : : }
5659 : :
5660 : 44126 : return tuplestore;
5661 : : }
5662 : :
5663 : : /*
5664 : : * Add the given heap tuple to the given tuplestore, applying the conversion
5665 : : * map if necessary.
5666 : : *
5667 : : * If original_insert_tuple is given, we can add that tuple without conversion.
5668 : : */
5669 : : static void
5670 : 44126 : TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
5671 : : int event,
5672 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
5673 : : ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
5674 : : TupleTableSlot *slot,
5675 : : TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
5676 : : Tuplestorestate *tuplestore)
5677 : : {
5678 : : TupleConversionMap *map;
5679 : :
5680 : : /*
5681 : : * Nothing needs to be done if we don't have a tuplestore.
5682 : : */
5683 [ + + ]: 44126 : if (tuplestore == NULL)
5684 : 20 : return;
5685 : :
5686 [ + + ]: 44106 : if (original_insert_tuple)
5687 : 96 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, original_insert_tuple);
5688 [ + + ]: 44010 : else if ((map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(relinfo)) != NULL)
5689 : : {
5690 : : AfterTriggersTableData *table;
5691 : : TupleTableSlot *storeslot;
5692 : :
5693 [ + + + - ]: 196 : switch (event)
5694 : : {
5695 : 8 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
5696 : 8 : table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
5697 : 8 : break;
5698 : 164 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
5699 : 164 : table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
5700 : 164 : break;
5701 : 24 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
5702 : 24 : table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
5703 : 24 : break;
5704 : 0 : default:
5705 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
5706 : : table = NULL; /* keep compiler quiet */
5707 : : break;
5708 : : }
5709 : :
5710 : 196 : storeslot = GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(table, map->outdesc);
5711 : 196 : execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap, slot, storeslot);
5712 : 196 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, storeslot);
5713 : : }
5714 : : else
5715 : 43814 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, slot);
5716 : : }
5717 : :
5718 : : /* ----------
5719 : : * AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState()
5720 : : *
5721 : : * Prepare the necessary state so that we can record AFTER trigger events
5722 : : * queued by a query. It is allowed to have nested queries within a
5723 : : * (sub)transaction, so we need to have separate state for each query
5724 : : * nesting level.
5725 : : * ----------
5726 : : */
5727 : : static void
5728 : 4777 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(void)
5729 : : {
5730 : 4777 : int init_depth = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
5731 : :
5732 : : Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
5733 : :
5734 [ + + ]: 4777 : if (afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0)
5735 : : {
5736 : 4773 : int new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1, 8);
5737 : :
5738 : 4773 : afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
5739 : 4773 : MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
5740 : : new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
5741 : 4773 : afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
5742 : : }
5743 : : else
5744 : : {
5745 : : /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
5746 : 4 : int old_alloc = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
5747 : 4 : int new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1,
5748 : : old_alloc * 2);
5749 : :
5750 : 4 : afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
5751 : 4 : repalloc(afterTriggers.query_stack,
5752 : : new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
5753 : 4 : afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
5754 : : }
5755 : :
5756 : : /* Initialize new array entries to empty */
5757 [ + + ]: 42993 : while (init_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
5758 : : {
5759 : 38216 : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[init_depth];
5760 : :
5761 : 38216 : qs->events.head = NULL;
5762 : 38216 : qs->events.tail = NULL;
5763 : 38216 : qs->events.tailfree = NULL;
5764 : 38216 : qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
5765 : 38216 : qs->tables = NIL;
5766 : 38216 : qs->batch_callbacks = NIL;
5767 : :
5768 : 38216 : ++init_depth;
5769 : : }
5770 : 4777 : }
5771 : :
5772 : : /*
5773 : : * Create an empty SetConstraintState with room for numalloc trigstates
5774 : : */
5775 : : static SetConstraintState
5776 : 67 : SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc)
5777 : : {
5778 : : SetConstraintState state;
5779 : :
5780 : : /* Behave sanely with numalloc == 0 */
5781 [ + + ]: 67 : if (numalloc <= 0)
5782 : 6 : numalloc = 1;
5783 : :
5784 : : /*
5785 : : * We assume that zeroing will correctly initialize the state values.
5786 : : */
5787 : : state = (SetConstraintState)
5788 : 67 : MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
5789 : : offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
5790 : 67 : numalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
5791 : :
5792 : 67 : state->numalloc = numalloc;
5793 : :
5794 : 67 : return state;
5795 : : }
5796 : :
5797 : : /*
5798 : : * Copy a SetConstraintState
5799 : : */
5800 : : static SetConstraintState
5801 : 6 : SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate)
5802 : : {
5803 : : SetConstraintState state;
5804 : :
5805 : 6 : state = SetConstraintStateCreate(origstate->numstates);
5806 : :
5807 : 6 : state->all_isset = origstate->all_isset;
5808 : 6 : state->all_isdeferred = origstate->all_isdeferred;
5809 : 6 : state->numstates = origstate->numstates;
5810 : 6 : memcpy(state->trigstates, origstate->trigstates,
5811 : 6 : origstate->numstates * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
5812 : :
5813 : 6 : return state;
5814 : : }
5815 : :
5816 : : /*
5817 : : * Add a per-trigger item to a SetConstraintState. Returns possibly-changed
5818 : : * pointer to the state object (it will change if we have to repalloc).
5819 : : */
5820 : : static SetConstraintState
5821 : 228 : SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
5822 : : Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred)
5823 : : {
5824 [ + + ]: 228 : if (state->numstates >= state->numalloc)
5825 : : {
5826 : 20 : int newalloc = state->numalloc * 2;
5827 : :
5828 : 20 : newalloc = Max(newalloc, 8); /* in case original has size 0 */
5829 : : state = (SetConstraintState)
5830 : 20 : repalloc(state,
5831 : : offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
5832 : 20 : newalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
5833 : 20 : state->numalloc = newalloc;
5834 : : Assert(state->numstates < state->numalloc);
5835 : : }
5836 : :
5837 : 228 : state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgoid = tgoid;
5838 : 228 : state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgisdeferred = tgisdeferred;
5839 : 228 : state->numstates++;
5840 : :
5841 : 228 : return state;
5842 : : }
5843 : :
5844 : : /* ----------
5845 : : * AfterTriggerSetState()
5846 : : *
5847 : : * Execute the SET CONSTRAINTS ... utility command.
5848 : : * ----------
5849 : : */
5850 : : void
5851 : 71 : AfterTriggerSetState(ConstraintsSetStmt *stmt)
5852 : : {
5853 : 71 : int my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
5854 : :
5855 : : /* If we haven't already done so, initialize our state. */
5856 [ + + ]: 71 : if (afterTriggers.state == NULL)
5857 : 61 : afterTriggers.state = SetConstraintStateCreate(8);
5858 : :
5859 : : /*
5860 : : * If in a subtransaction, and we didn't save the current state already,
5861 : : * save it so it can be restored if the subtransaction aborts.
5862 : : */
5863 [ + + ]: 71 : if (my_level > 1 &&
5864 [ + - ]: 6 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state == NULL)
5865 : : {
5866 : 6 : afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state =
5867 : 6 : SetConstraintStateCopy(afterTriggers.state);
5868 : : }
5869 : :
5870 : : /*
5871 : : * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS ALL ...
5872 : : */
5873 [ + + ]: 71 : if (stmt->constraints == NIL)
5874 : : {
5875 : : /*
5876 : : * Forget any previous SET CONSTRAINTS commands in this transaction.
5877 : : */
5878 : 39 : afterTriggers.state->numstates = 0;
5879 : :
5880 : : /*
5881 : : * Set the per-transaction ALL state to known.
5882 : : */
5883 : 39 : afterTriggers.state->all_isset = true;
5884 : 39 : afterTriggers.state->all_isdeferred = stmt->deferred;
5885 : : }
5886 : : else
5887 : : {
5888 : : Relation conrel;
5889 : : Relation tgrel;
5890 : 32 : List *conoidlist = NIL;
5891 : 32 : List *tgoidlist = NIL;
5892 : : ListCell *lc;
5893 : :
5894 : : /*
5895 : : * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS constraint-name [, ...]
5896 : : *
5897 : : * First, identify all the named constraints and make a list of their
5898 : : * OIDs. Since, unlike the SQL spec, we allow multiple constraints of
5899 : : * the same name within a schema, the specifications are not
5900 : : * necessarily unique. Our strategy is to target all matching
5901 : : * constraints within the first search-path schema that has any
5902 : : * matches, but disregard matches in schemas beyond the first match.
5903 : : * (This is a bit odd but it's the historical behavior.)
5904 : : *
5905 : : * A constraint in a partitioned table may have corresponding
5906 : : * constraints in the partitions. Grab those too.
5907 : : */
5908 : 32 : conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
5909 : :
5910 [ + - + + : 64 : foreach(lc, stmt->constraints)
+ + ]
5911 : : {
5912 : 32 : RangeVar *constraint = lfirst(lc);
5913 : : bool found;
5914 : : List *namespacelist;
5915 : : ListCell *nslc;
5916 : :
5917 [ - + ]: 32 : if (constraint->catalogname)
5918 : : {
5919 [ # # ]: 0 : if (strcmp(constraint->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
5920 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
5921 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5922 : : errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented: \"%s.%s.%s\"",
5923 : : constraint->catalogname, constraint->schemaname,
5924 : : constraint->relname)));
5925 : : }
5926 : :
5927 : : /*
5928 : : * If we're given the schema name with the constraint, look only
5929 : : * in that schema. If given a bare constraint name, use the
5930 : : * search path to find the first matching constraint.
5931 : : */
5932 [ + + ]: 32 : if (constraint->schemaname)
5933 : : {
5934 : 8 : Oid namespaceId = LookupExplicitNamespace(constraint->schemaname,
5935 : : false);
5936 : :
5937 : 8 : namespacelist = list_make1_oid(namespaceId);
5938 : : }
5939 : : else
5940 : : {
5941 : 24 : namespacelist = fetch_search_path(true);
5942 : : }
5943 : :
5944 : 32 : found = false;
5945 [ + - + - : 80 : foreach(nslc, namespacelist)
+ - ]
5946 : : {
5947 : 80 : Oid namespaceId = lfirst_oid(nslc);
5948 : : SysScanDesc conscan;
5949 : : ScanKeyData skey[2];
5950 : : HeapTuple tup;
5951 : :
5952 : 80 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
5953 : : Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
5954 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
5955 : 80 : CStringGetDatum(constraint->relname));
5956 : 80 : ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
5957 : : Anum_pg_constraint_connamespace,
5958 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
5959 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId));
5960 : :
5961 : 80 : conscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintNameNspIndexId,
5962 : : true, NULL, 2, skey);
5963 : :
5964 [ + + ]: 144 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(conscan)))
5965 : : {
5966 : 64 : Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tup);
5967 : :
5968 [ + - ]: 64 : if (con->condeferrable)
5969 : 64 : conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
5970 [ # # ]: 0 : else if (stmt->deferred)
5971 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
5972 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
5973 : : errmsg("constraint \"%s\" is not deferrable",
5974 : : constraint->relname)));
5975 : 64 : found = true;
5976 : : }
5977 : :
5978 : 80 : systable_endscan(conscan);
5979 : :
5980 : : /*
5981 : : * Once we've found a matching constraint we do not search
5982 : : * later parts of the search path.
5983 : : */
5984 [ + + ]: 80 : if (found)
5985 : 32 : break;
5986 : : }
5987 : :
5988 : 32 : list_free(namespacelist);
5989 : :
5990 : : /*
5991 : : * Not found ?
5992 : : */
5993 [ - + ]: 32 : if (!found)
5994 [ # # ]: 0 : ereport(ERROR,
5995 : : (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
5996 : : errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist",
5997 : : constraint->relname)));
5998 : : }
5999 : :
6000 : : /*
6001 : : * Scan for any possible descendants of the constraints. We append
6002 : : * whatever we find to the same list that we're scanning; this has the
6003 : : * effect that we create new scans for those, too, so if there are
6004 : : * further descendents, we'll also catch them.
6005 : : */
6006 [ + - + + : 172 : foreach(lc, conoidlist)
+ + ]
6007 : : {
6008 : 140 : Oid parent = lfirst_oid(lc);
6009 : : ScanKeyData key;
6010 : : SysScanDesc scan;
6011 : : HeapTuple tuple;
6012 : :
6013 : 140 : ScanKeyInit(&key,
6014 : : Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
6015 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
6016 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(parent));
6017 : :
6018 : 140 : scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key);
6019 : :
6020 [ + + ]: 216 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
6021 : : {
6022 : 76 : Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
6023 : :
6024 : 76 : conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
6025 : : }
6026 : :
6027 : 140 : systable_endscan(scan);
6028 : : }
6029 : :
6030 : 32 : table_close(conrel, AccessShareLock);
6031 : :
6032 : : /*
6033 : : * Now, locate the trigger(s) implementing each of these constraints,
6034 : : * and make a list of their OIDs.
6035 : : */
6036 : 32 : tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
6037 : :
6038 [ + - + + : 172 : foreach(lc, conoidlist)
+ + ]
6039 : : {
6040 : 140 : Oid conoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
6041 : : ScanKeyData skey;
6042 : : SysScanDesc tgscan;
6043 : : HeapTuple htup;
6044 : :
6045 : 140 : ScanKeyInit(&skey,
6046 : : Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
6047 : : BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
6048 : : ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
6049 : :
6050 : 140 : tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
6051 : : NULL, 1, &skey);
6052 : :
6053 [ + + ]: 572 : while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
6054 : : {
6055 : 292 : Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
6056 : :
6057 : : /*
6058 : : * Silently skip triggers that are marked as non-deferrable in
6059 : : * pg_trigger. This is not an error condition, since a
6060 : : * deferrable RI constraint may have some non-deferrable
6061 : : * actions.
6062 : : */
6063 [ + - ]: 292 : if (pg_trigger->tgdeferrable)
6064 : 292 : tgoidlist = lappend_oid(tgoidlist, pg_trigger->oid);
6065 : : }
6066 : :
6067 : 140 : systable_endscan(tgscan);
6068 : : }
6069 : :
6070 : 32 : table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
6071 : :
6072 : : /*
6073 : : * Now we can set the trigger states of individual triggers for this
6074 : : * xact.
6075 : : */
6076 [ + - + + : 324 : foreach(lc, tgoidlist)
+ + ]
6077 : : {
6078 : 292 : Oid tgoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
6079 : 292 : SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
6080 : 292 : bool found = false;
6081 : : int i;
6082 : :
6083 [ + + ]: 1632 : for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
6084 : : {
6085 [ + + ]: 1404 : if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
6086 : : {
6087 : 64 : state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred = stmt->deferred;
6088 : 64 : found = true;
6089 : 64 : break;
6090 : : }
6091 : : }
6092 [ + + ]: 292 : if (!found)
6093 : : {
6094 : 228 : afterTriggers.state =
6095 : 228 : SetConstraintStateAddItem(state, tgoid, stmt->deferred);
6096 : : }
6097 : : }
6098 : : }
6099 : :
6100 : : /*
6101 : : * SQL99 requires that when a constraint is set to IMMEDIATE, any deferred
6102 : : * checks against that constraint must be made when the SET CONSTRAINTS
6103 : : * command is executed -- i.e. the effects of the SET CONSTRAINTS command
6104 : : * apply retroactively. We've updated the constraints state, so scan the
6105 : : * list of previously deferred events to fire any that have now become
6106 : : * immediate.
6107 : : *
6108 : : * Obviously, if this was SET ... DEFERRED then it can't have converted
6109 : : * any unfired events to immediate, so we need do nothing in that case.
6110 : : */
6111 [ + + ]: 71 : if (!stmt->deferred)
6112 : : {
6113 : 26 : AfterTriggerEventList *events = &afterTriggers.events;
6114 : 26 : bool snapshot_set = false;
6115 : :
6116 : 26 : afterTriggers.firing_depth++;
6117 [ + + ]: 26 : while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, true))
6118 : : {
6119 : 14 : CommandId firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
6120 : :
6121 : : /*
6122 : : * Make sure a snapshot has been established in case trigger
6123 : : * functions need one. Note that we avoid setting a snapshot if
6124 : : * we don't find at least one trigger that has to be fired now.
6125 : : * This is so that BEGIN; SET CONSTRAINTS ...; SET TRANSACTION
6126 : : * ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE; ... works properly. (If we are
6127 : : * at the start of a transaction it's not possible for any trigger
6128 : : * events to be queued yet.)
6129 : : */
6130 [ + - ]: 14 : if (!snapshot_set)
6131 : : {
6132 : 14 : PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
6133 : 14 : snapshot_set = true;
6134 : : }
6135 : :
6136 : : /*
6137 : : * We can delete fired events if we are at top transaction level,
6138 : : * but we'd better not if inside a subtransaction, since the
6139 : : * subtransaction could later get rolled back.
6140 : : */
6141 [ + - ]: 8 : if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL,
6142 : 14 : !IsSubTransaction()))
6143 : 8 : break; /* all fired */
6144 : : }
6145 : :
6146 : : /*
6147 : : * Flush any fast-path batches accumulated by the triggers just fired.
6148 : : */
6149 : 20 : FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks);
6150 : 16 : afterTriggers.firing_depth--;
6151 : 16 : list_free_deep(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks);
6152 : 16 : afterTriggers.batch_callbacks = NIL;
6153 : :
6154 [ + + ]: 16 : if (snapshot_set)
6155 : 4 : PopActiveSnapshot();
6156 : : }
6157 : 61 : }
6158 : :
6159 : : /* ----------
6160 : : * AfterTriggerPendingOnRel()
6161 : : * Test to see if there are any pending after-trigger events for rel.
6162 : : *
6163 : : * This is used by TRUNCATE, CLUSTER, ALTER TABLE, etc to detect whether
6164 : : * it is unsafe to perform major surgery on a relation. Note that only
6165 : : * local pending events are examined. We assume that having exclusive lock
6166 : : * on a rel guarantees there are no unserviced events in other backends ---
6167 : : * but having a lock does not prevent there being such events in our own.
6168 : : *
6169 : : * In some scenarios it'd be reasonable to remove pending events (more
6170 : : * specifically, mark them DONE by the current subxact) but without a lot
6171 : : * of knowledge of the trigger semantics we can't do this in general.
6172 : : * ----------
6173 : : */
6174 : : bool
6175 : 94455 : AfterTriggerPendingOnRel(Oid relid)
6176 : : {
6177 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
6178 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
6179 : : int depth;
6180 : :
6181 : : /* Scan queued events */
6182 [ + - + - : 94479 : for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
+ - + + +
+ ]
6183 : : {
6184 : 24 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
6185 : :
6186 : : /*
6187 : : * We can ignore completed events. (Even if a DONE flag is rolled
6188 : : * back by subxact abort, it's OK because the effects of the TRUNCATE
6189 : : * or whatever must get rolled back too.)
6190 : : */
6191 [ - + ]: 24 : if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
6192 : 0 : continue;
6193 : :
6194 [ + + ]: 24 : if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
6195 : 12 : return true;
6196 : : }
6197 : :
6198 : : /*
6199 : : * Also scan events queued by incomplete queries. This could only matter
6200 : : * if TRUNCATE/etc is executed by a function or trigger within an updating
6201 : : * query on the same relation, which is pretty perverse, but let's check.
6202 : : */
6203 [ - + - - ]: 94443 : for (depth = 0; depth <= afterTriggers.query_depth && depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth; depth++)
6204 : : {
6205 [ # # # # : 0 : for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.query_stack[depth].events)
# # # # #
# ]
6206 : : {
6207 : 0 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
6208 : :
6209 [ # # ]: 0 : if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
6210 : 0 : continue;
6211 : :
6212 [ # # ]: 0 : if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
6213 : 0 : return true;
6214 : : }
6215 : : }
6216 : :
6217 : 94443 : return false;
6218 : : }
6219 : :
6220 : : /* ----------
6221 : : * AfterTriggerSaveEvent()
6222 : : *
6223 : : * Called by ExecA[RS]...Triggers() to queue up the triggers that should
6224 : : * be fired for an event.
6225 : : *
6226 : : * NOTE: this is called whenever there are any triggers associated with
6227 : : * the event (even if they are disabled). This function decides which
6228 : : * triggers actually need to be queued. It is also called after each row,
6229 : : * even if there are no triggers for that event, if there are any AFTER
6230 : : * STATEMENT triggers for the statement which use transition tables, so that
6231 : : * the transition tuplestores can be built. Furthermore, if the transition
6232 : : * capture is happening for UPDATEd rows being moved to another partition due
6233 : : * to the partition-key being changed, then this function is called once when
6234 : : * the row is deleted (to capture OLD row), and once when the row is inserted
6235 : : * into another partition (to capture NEW row). This is done separately because
6236 : : * DELETE and INSERT happen on different tables.
6237 : : *
6238 : : * Transition tuplestores are built now, rather than when events are pulled
6239 : : * off of the queue because AFTER ROW triggers are allowed to select from the
6240 : : * transition tables for the statement.
6241 : : *
6242 : : * This contains special support to queue the update events for the case where
6243 : : * a partitioned table undergoing a cross-partition update may have foreign
6244 : : * keys pointing into it. Normally, a partitioned table's row triggers are
6245 : : * not fired because the leaf partition(s) which are modified as a result of
6246 : : * the operation on the partitioned table contain the same triggers which are
6247 : : * fired instead. But that general scheme can cause problematic behavior with
6248 : : * foreign key triggers during cross-partition updates, which are implemented
6249 : : * as DELETE on the source partition followed by INSERT into the destination
6250 : : * partition. Specifically, firing DELETE triggers would lead to the wrong
6251 : : * foreign key action to be enforced considering that the original command is
6252 : : * UPDATE; in this case, this function is called with relinfo as the
6253 : : * partitioned table, and src_partinfo and dst_partinfo referring to the
6254 : : * source and target leaf partitions, respectively.
6255 : : *
6256 : : * is_crosspart_update is true either when a DELETE event is fired on the
6257 : : * source partition (which is to be ignored) or an UPDATE event is fired on
6258 : : * the root partitioned table.
6259 : : * ----------
6260 : : */
6261 : : static void
6262 : 454903 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
6263 : : ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
6264 : : ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
6265 : : int event, bool row_trigger,
6266 : : TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot,
6267 : : List *recheckIndexes, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
6268 : : TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
6269 : : bool is_crosspart_update)
6270 : : {
6271 : 454903 : Relation rel = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
6272 : 454903 : TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
6273 : : AfterTriggerEventData new_event;
6274 : : AfterTriggerSharedData new_shared;
6275 : 454903 : char relkind = rel->rd_rel->relkind;
6276 : : int tgtype_event;
6277 : : int tgtype_level;
6278 : : int i;
6279 : 454903 : Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
6280 : :
6281 : : /*
6282 : : * Check state. We use a normal test not Assert because it is possible to
6283 : : * reach here in the wrong state given misconfigured RI triggers, in
6284 : : * particular deferring a cascade action trigger.
6285 : : */
6286 [ - + ]: 454903 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
6287 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "AfterTriggerSaveEvent() called outside of query");
6288 : :
6289 : : /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
6290 [ + + ]: 454903 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
6291 : 4231 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
6292 : :
6293 : : /*
6294 : : * If the directly named relation has any triggers with transition tables,
6295 : : * then we need to capture transition tuples.
6296 : : */
6297 [ + + + + ]: 454903 : if (row_trigger && transition_capture != NULL)
6298 : : {
6299 : 43911 : TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple = transition_capture->tcs_original_insert_tuple;
6300 : :
6301 : : /*
6302 : : * Capture the old tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
6303 : : * the event.
6304 : : */
6305 [ + + + + ]: 43911 : if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
6306 : : {
6307 : : Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
6308 : :
6309 : 3619 : old_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
6310 : : oldslot,
6311 : : NULL,
6312 : : transition_capture);
6313 : 3619 : TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
6314 : : oldslot, NULL, old_tuplestore);
6315 : : }
6316 : :
6317 : : /*
6318 : : * Capture the new tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
6319 : : * the event.
6320 : : */
6321 [ + + + - ]: 43911 : if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
6322 : : {
6323 : : Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
6324 : :
6325 : 40507 : new_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
6326 : : NULL,
6327 : : newslot,
6328 : : transition_capture);
6329 : 40507 : TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
6330 : : newslot, original_insert_tuple, new_tuplestore);
6331 : : }
6332 : :
6333 : : /*
6334 : : * If transition tables are the only reason we're here, return. As
6335 : : * mentioned above, we can also be here during update tuple routing in
6336 : : * presence of transition tables, in which case this function is
6337 : : * called separately for OLD and NEW, so we expect exactly one of them
6338 : : * to be NULL.
6339 : : */
6340 [ + + + + ]: 43911 : if (trigdesc == NULL ||
6341 [ + + + + ]: 43751 : (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && !trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
6342 [ + + + + ]: 40431 : (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && !trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
6343 [ + + + + ]: 263 : (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && !trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
6344 [ + - - + : 32 : (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && (TupIsNull(oldslot) ^ TupIsNull(newslot))))
+ - - + -
+ ]
6345 : 43807 : return;
6346 : : }
6347 : :
6348 : : /*
6349 : : * We normally don't see partitioned tables here for row level triggers
6350 : : * except in the special case of a cross-partition update. In that case,
6351 : : * nodeModifyTable.c:ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey() calls here to
6352 : : * queue an update event on the root target partitioned table, also
6353 : : * passing the source and destination partitions and their tuples.
6354 : : */
6355 : : Assert(!row_trigger ||
6356 : : rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
6357 : : (is_crosspart_update &&
6358 : : TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) &&
6359 : : src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL));
6360 : :
6361 : : /*
6362 : : * Validate the event code and collect the associated tuple CTIDs.
6363 : : *
6364 : : * The event code will be used both as a bitmask and an array offset, so
6365 : : * validation is important to make sure we don't walk off the edge of our
6366 : : * arrays.
6367 : : *
6368 : : * Also, if we're considering statement-level triggers, check whether we
6369 : : * already queued a set of them for this event, and cancel the prior set
6370 : : * if so. This preserves the behavior that statement-level triggers fire
6371 : : * just once per statement and fire after row-level triggers.
6372 : : */
6373 [ + + + + : 411096 : switch (event)
- ]
6374 : : {
6375 : 407641 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
6376 : 407641 : tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT;
6377 [ + + ]: 407641 : if (row_trigger)
6378 : : {
6379 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6380 : : Assert(newslot != NULL);
6381 : 407292 : ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6382 : 407292 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6383 : : }
6384 : : else
6385 : : {
6386 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6387 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6388 : 349 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6389 : 349 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6390 : 349 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
6391 : : CMD_INSERT, event);
6392 : : }
6393 : 407641 : break;
6394 : 976 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
6395 : 976 : tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE;
6396 [ + + ]: 976 : if (row_trigger)
6397 : : {
6398 : : Assert(oldslot != NULL);
6399 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6400 : 811 : ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6401 : 811 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6402 : : }
6403 : : else
6404 : : {
6405 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6406 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6407 : 165 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6408 : 165 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6409 : 165 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
6410 : : CMD_DELETE, event);
6411 : : }
6412 : 976 : break;
6413 : 2474 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
6414 : 2474 : tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
6415 [ + + ]: 2474 : if (row_trigger)
6416 : : {
6417 : : Assert(oldslot != NULL);
6418 : : Assert(newslot != NULL);
6419 : 2197 : ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6420 : 2197 : ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6421 : :
6422 : : /*
6423 : : * Also remember the OIDs of partitions to fetch these tuples
6424 : : * out of later in AfterTriggerExecute().
6425 : : */
6426 [ + + ]: 2197 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
6427 : : {
6428 : : Assert(src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL);
6429 : 192 : new_event.ate_src_part =
6430 : 192 : RelationGetRelid(src_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
6431 : 192 : new_event.ate_dst_part =
6432 : 192 : RelationGetRelid(dst_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
6433 : : }
6434 : : }
6435 : : else
6436 : : {
6437 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6438 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6439 : 277 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6440 : 277 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6441 : 277 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
6442 : : CMD_UPDATE, event);
6443 : : }
6444 : 2474 : break;
6445 : 5 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE:
6446 : 5 : tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE;
6447 : : Assert(oldslot == NULL);
6448 : : Assert(newslot == NULL);
6449 : 5 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
6450 : 5 : ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
6451 : 5 : break;
6452 : 0 : default:
6453 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
6454 : : tgtype_event = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
6455 : : break;
6456 : : }
6457 : :
6458 : : /* Determine flags */
6459 [ + + + + ]: 411096 : if (!(relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger))
6460 : : {
6461 [ + + + + ]: 411068 : if (row_trigger && event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
6462 : : {
6463 [ + + ]: 2187 : if (relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
6464 : 192 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE;
6465 : : else
6466 : 1995 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID;
6467 : : }
6468 : : else
6469 : 408881 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID;
6470 : : }
6471 : :
6472 : : /* else, we'll initialize ate_flags for each trigger */
6473 : :
6474 : 411096 : tgtype_level = (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT);
6475 : :
6476 : : /*
6477 : : * Must convert/copy the source and destination partition tuples into the
6478 : : * root partitioned table's format/slot, because the processing in the
6479 : : * loop below expects both oldslot and newslot tuples to be in that form.
6480 : : */
6481 [ + + + + ]: 411096 : if (row_trigger && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
6482 : : {
6483 : : TupleTableSlot *rootslot;
6484 : : TupleConversionMap *map;
6485 : :
6486 : 192 : rootslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
6487 : 192 : map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_partinfo);
6488 [ + + ]: 192 : if (map)
6489 : 24 : oldslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
6490 : : oldslot,
6491 : : rootslot);
6492 : : else
6493 : 168 : oldslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, oldslot);
6494 : :
6495 : 192 : rootslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relinfo);
6496 : 192 : map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_partinfo);
6497 [ + + ]: 192 : if (map)
6498 : 28 : newslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
6499 : : newslot,
6500 : : rootslot);
6501 : : else
6502 : 164 : newslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, newslot);
6503 : : }
6504 : :
6505 [ + + ]: 1645311 : for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
6506 : : {
6507 : 1234215 : Trigger *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
6508 : :
6509 [ + + ]: 1234215 : if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
6510 : : tgtype_level,
6511 : : TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER,
6512 : : tgtype_event))
6513 : 621135 : continue;
6514 [ + + ]: 613080 : if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, event,
6515 : : modifiedCols, oldslot, newslot))
6516 : 273 : continue;
6517 : :
6518 [ + + + + ]: 612807 : if (relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger)
6519 : : {
6520 [ + + ]: 29 : if (fdw_tuplestore == NULL)
6521 : : {
6522 : 25 : fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
6523 : 25 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH;
6524 : : }
6525 : : else
6526 : : /* subsequent event for the same tuple */
6527 : 4 : new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE;
6528 : : }
6529 : :
6530 : : /*
6531 : : * If the trigger is a foreign key enforcement trigger, there are
6532 : : * certain cases where we can skip queueing the event because we can
6533 : : * tell by inspection that the FK constraint will still pass. There
6534 : : * are also some cases during cross-partition updates of a partitioned
6535 : : * table where queuing the event can be skipped.
6536 : : */
6537 [ + + + + ]: 612807 : if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) || TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event))
6538 : : {
6539 [ + + + - ]: 4354 : switch (RI_FKey_trigger_type(trigger->tgfoid))
6540 : : {
6541 : 1701 : case RI_TRIGGER_PK:
6542 : :
6543 : : /*
6544 : : * For cross-partitioned updates of partitioned PK table,
6545 : : * skip the event fired by the component delete on the
6546 : : * source leaf partition unless the constraint originates
6547 : : * in the partition itself (!tgisclone), because the
6548 : : * update event that will be fired on the root
6549 : : * (partitioned) target table will be used to perform the
6550 : : * necessary foreign key enforcement action.
6551 : : */
6552 [ + + ]: 1701 : if (is_crosspart_update &&
6553 [ + + ]: 338 : TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event) &&
6554 [ + + ]: 178 : trigger->tgisclone)
6555 : 168 : continue;
6556 : :
6557 : : /* Update or delete on trigger's PK table */
6558 [ + + ]: 1533 : if (!RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
6559 : : oldslot, newslot))
6560 : : {
6561 : : /* skip queuing this event */
6562 : 292 : continue;
6563 : : }
6564 : 1241 : break;
6565 : :
6566 : 748 : case RI_TRIGGER_FK:
6567 : :
6568 : : /*
6569 : : * Update on trigger's FK table. We can skip the update
6570 : : * event fired on a partitioned table during a
6571 : : * cross-partition of that table, because the insert event
6572 : : * that is fired on the destination leaf partition would
6573 : : * suffice to perform the necessary foreign key check.
6574 : : * Moreover, RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required() expects to be
6575 : : * passed a tuple that contains system attributes, most of
6576 : : * which are not present in the virtual slot belonging to
6577 : : * a partitioned table.
6578 : : */
6579 [ + + ]: 748 : if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
6580 [ + + ]: 668 : !RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
6581 : : oldslot, newslot))
6582 : : {
6583 : : /* skip queuing this event */
6584 : 442 : continue;
6585 : : }
6586 : 306 : break;
6587 : :
6588 : 1905 : case RI_TRIGGER_NONE:
6589 : :
6590 : : /*
6591 : : * Not an FK trigger. No need to queue the update event
6592 : : * fired during a cross-partitioned update of a
6593 : : * partitioned table, because the same row trigger must be
6594 : : * present in the leaf partition(s) that are affected as
6595 : : * part of this update and the events fired on them are
6596 : : * queued instead.
6597 : : */
6598 [ + + ]: 1905 : if (row_trigger &&
6599 [ + + ]: 1439 : rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
6600 : 20 : continue;
6601 : 1885 : break;
6602 : : }
6603 : : }
6604 : :
6605 : : /*
6606 : : * If the trigger is a deferred unique constraint check trigger, only
6607 : : * queue it if the unique constraint was potentially violated, which
6608 : : * we know from index insertion time.
6609 : : */
6610 [ + + ]: 611885 : if (trigger->tgfoid == F_UNIQUE_KEY_RECHECK)
6611 : : {
6612 [ + + ]: 227 : if (!list_member_oid(recheckIndexes, trigger->tgconstrindid))
6613 : 90 : continue; /* Uniqueness definitely not violated */
6614 : : }
6615 : :
6616 : : /*
6617 : : * Fill in event structure and add it to the current query's queue.
6618 : : * Note we set ats_table to NULL whenever this trigger doesn't use
6619 : : * transition tables, to improve sharability of the shared event data.
6620 : : */
6621 : 611795 : new_shared.ats_event =
6622 : 1223590 : (event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) |
6623 [ + + ]: 611795 : (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW : 0) |
6624 [ + + ]: 611795 : (trigger->tgdeferrable ? AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE : 0) |
6625 [ + + ]: 611795 : (trigger->tginitdeferred ? AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED : 0);
6626 : 611795 : new_shared.ats_tgoid = trigger->tgoid;
6627 : 611795 : new_shared.ats_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
6628 : 611795 : new_shared.ats_rolid = GetUserId();
6629 : 611795 : new_shared.ats_firing_id = 0;
6630 [ + + + + : 611795 : if ((trigger->tgoldtable || trigger->tgnewtable) &&
+ - ]
6631 : : transition_capture != NULL)
6632 : : {
6633 [ + + + - ]: 487 : switch (event)
6634 : : {
6635 : 192 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
6636 : 192 : new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
6637 : 192 : break;
6638 : 155 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
6639 : 155 : new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
6640 : 155 : break;
6641 : 140 : case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
6642 : 140 : new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
6643 : 140 : break;
6644 : 0 : default:
6645 : : /* Must be TRUNCATE, see switch above */
6646 : 0 : new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
6647 : 0 : break;
6648 : : }
6649 : : }
6650 : : else
6651 : 611308 : new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
6652 : 611795 : new_shared.ats_modifiedcols = modifiedCols;
6653 : :
6654 : 611795 : afterTriggerAddEvent(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].events,
6655 : : &new_event, &new_shared);
6656 : : }
6657 : :
6658 : : /*
6659 : : * Finally, spool any foreign tuple(s). The tuplestore squashes them to
6660 : : * minimal tuples, so this loses any system columns. The executor lost
6661 : : * those columns before us, for an unrelated reason, so this is fine.
6662 : : */
6663 [ + + ]: 411096 : if (fdw_tuplestore)
6664 : : {
6665 [ + + ]: 25 : if (oldslot != NULL)
6666 : 16 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, oldslot);
6667 [ + + ]: 25 : if (newslot != NULL)
6668 : 18 : tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, newslot);
6669 : : }
6670 : : }
6671 : :
6672 : : /*
6673 : : * Detect whether we already queued BEFORE STATEMENT triggers for the given
6674 : : * relation + operation, and set the flag so the next call will report "true".
6675 : : */
6676 : : static bool
6677 : 391 : before_stmt_triggers_fired(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
6678 : : {
6679 : : bool result;
6680 : : AfterTriggersTableData *table;
6681 : :
6682 : : /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
6683 [ - + ]: 391 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
6684 [ # # ]: 0 : elog(ERROR, "before_stmt_triggers_fired() called outside of query");
6685 : :
6686 : : /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
6687 [ + + ]: 391 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
6688 : 231 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
6689 : :
6690 : : /*
6691 : : * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
6692 : : * transition tables for the relation + operation. In this way, if we are
6693 : : * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
6694 : : * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
6695 : : * statement triggers to get queued.
6696 : : */
6697 : 391 : table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
6698 : 391 : result = table->before_trig_done;
6699 : 391 : table->before_trig_done = true;
6700 : 391 : return result;
6701 : : }
6702 : :
6703 : : /*
6704 : : * If we previously queued a set of AFTER STATEMENT triggers for the given
6705 : : * relation + operation, and they've not been fired yet, cancel them. The
6706 : : * caller will queue a fresh set that's after any row-level triggers that may
6707 : : * have been queued by the current sub-statement, preserving (as much as
6708 : : * possible) the property that AFTER ROW triggers fire before AFTER STATEMENT
6709 : : * triggers, and that the latter only fire once. This deals with the
6710 : : * situation where several FK enforcement triggers sequentially queue triggers
6711 : : * for the same table into the same trigger query level. We can't fully
6712 : : * prevent odd behavior though: if there are AFTER ROW triggers taking
6713 : : * transition tables, we don't want to change the transition tables once the
6714 : : * first such trigger has seen them. In such a case, any additional events
6715 : : * will result in creating new transition tables and allowing new firings of
6716 : : * statement triggers.
6717 : : *
6718 : : * This also saves the current event list location so that a later invocation
6719 : : * of this function can cheaply find the triggers we're about to queue and
6720 : : * cancel them.
6721 : : */
6722 : : static void
6723 : 791 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent)
6724 : : {
6725 : : AfterTriggersTableData *table;
6726 : 791 : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
6727 : :
6728 : : /*
6729 : : * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
6730 : : * transition tables for the relation + operation. In this way, if we are
6731 : : * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
6732 : : * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
6733 : : * statement triggers to get queued without canceling the old ones.
6734 : : */
6735 : 791 : table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
6736 : :
6737 [ + + ]: 791 : if (table->after_trig_done)
6738 : : {
6739 : : /*
6740 : : * We want to start scanning from the tail location that existed just
6741 : : * before we inserted any statement triggers. But the events list
6742 : : * might've been entirely empty then, in which case scan from the
6743 : : * current head.
6744 : : */
6745 : : AfterTriggerEvent event;
6746 : : AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
6747 : :
6748 [ + + ]: 48 : if (table->after_trig_events.tail)
6749 : : {
6750 : 40 : chunk = table->after_trig_events.tail;
6751 : 40 : event = (AfterTriggerEvent) table->after_trig_events.tailfree;
6752 : : }
6753 : : else
6754 : : {
6755 : 8 : chunk = qs->events.head;
6756 : 8 : event = NULL;
6757 : : }
6758 : :
6759 [ + + ]: 72 : for_each_chunk_from(chunk)
6760 : : {
6761 [ + + ]: 48 : if (event == NULL)
6762 : 8 : event = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
6763 [ + - + - : 100 : for_each_event_from(event, chunk)
+ + ]
6764 : : {
6765 : 76 : AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
6766 : :
6767 : : /*
6768 : : * Exit loop when we reach events that aren't AS triggers for
6769 : : * the target relation.
6770 : : */
6771 [ - + ]: 76 : if (evtshared->ats_relid != relid)
6772 : 0 : goto done;
6773 [ - + ]: 76 : if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) != tgevent)
6774 : 0 : goto done;
6775 [ + + ]: 76 : if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(evtshared->ats_event))
6776 : 24 : goto done;
6777 [ - + ]: 52 : if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(evtshared->ats_event))
6778 : 0 : goto done;
6779 : : /* OK, mark it DONE */
6780 : 52 : event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
6781 [ + - ]: 52 : event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
6782 : : }
6783 : : /* signal we must reinitialize event ptr for next chunk */
6784 : 24 : event = NULL;
6785 : : }
6786 : : }
6787 : 767 : done:
6788 : :
6789 : : /* In any case, save current insertion point for next time */
6790 : 791 : table->after_trig_done = true;
6791 : 791 : table->after_trig_events = qs->events;
6792 : 791 : }
6793 : :
6794 : : /*
6795 : : * GUC assign_hook for session_replication_role
6796 : : */
6797 : : void
6798 : 1916 : assign_session_replication_role(int newval, void *extra)
6799 : : {
6800 : : /*
6801 : : * Must flush the plan cache when changing replication role; but don't
6802 : : * flush unnecessarily.
6803 : : */
6804 [ + + ]: 1916 : if (SessionReplicationRole != newval)
6805 : 625 : ResetPlanCache();
6806 : 1916 : }
6807 : :
6808 : : /*
6809 : : * SQL function pg_trigger_depth()
6810 : : */
6811 : : Datum
6812 : 84 : pg_trigger_depth(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
6813 : : {
6814 : 84 : PG_RETURN_INT32(MyTriggerDepth);
6815 : : }
6816 : :
6817 : : /*
6818 : : * Check whether a trigger modified a virtual generated column and replace the
6819 : : * value with null if so.
6820 : : *
6821 : : * We need to check this so that we don't end up storing a non-null value in a
6822 : : * virtual generated column.
6823 : : *
6824 : : * We don't need to check for stored generated columns, since those will be
6825 : : * overwritten later anyway.
6826 : : */
6827 : : static HeapTuple
6828 : 1280 : check_modified_virtual_generated(TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple)
6829 : : {
6830 [ + + + + ]: 1280 : if (!(tupdesc->constr && tupdesc->constr->has_generated_virtual))
6831 : 1269 : return tuple;
6832 : :
6833 [ + + ]: 39 : for (int i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
6834 : : {
6835 [ + + ]: 28 : if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
6836 : : {
6837 [ + + ]: 11 : if (!heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1, tupdesc))
6838 : : {
6839 : 8 : int replCol = i + 1;
6840 : 8 : Datum replValue = 0;
6841 : 8 : bool replIsnull = true;
6842 : :
6843 : 8 : tuple = heap_modify_tuple_by_cols(tuple, tupdesc, 1, &replCol, &replValue, &replIsnull);
6844 : : }
6845 : : }
6846 : : }
6847 : :
6848 : 11 : return tuple;
6849 : : }
6850 : :
6851 : : /*
6852 : : * RegisterAfterTriggerBatchCallback
6853 : : * Register a function to be called when the current trigger-firing
6854 : : * batch completes.
6855 : : *
6856 : : * Must be called from within a trigger function's execution context
6857 : : * (i.e., while afterTriggers state is active).
6858 : : *
6859 : : * The callback list is cleared after invocation, so the caller must
6860 : : * re-register for each new batch if needed.
6861 : : */
6862 : : void
6863 : 1505 : RegisterAfterTriggerBatchCallback(AfterTriggerBatchCallback callback,
6864 : : void *arg)
6865 : : {
6866 : : AfterTriggerCallbackItem *item;
6867 : : MemoryContext oldcxt;
6868 : :
6869 : : /*
6870 : : * Allocate in TopTransactionContext so the item survives for the duration
6871 : : * of the batch, which may span multiple trigger invocations.
6872 : : *
6873 : : * Must be called while afterTriggers is active; callbacks registered
6874 : : * outside a trigger-firing context would never fire.
6875 : : */
6876 : : Assert(afterTriggers.firing_depth > 0);
6877 : : Assert(!afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks);
6878 : 1505 : oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopTransactionContext);
6879 : 1505 : item = palloc(sizeof(AfterTriggerCallbackItem));
6880 : 1505 : item->callback = callback;
6881 : 1505 : item->arg = arg;
6882 [ + + ]: 1505 : if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0)
6883 : : {
6884 : 1431 : AfterTriggersQueryData *qs =
6885 : 1431 : &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
6886 : :
6887 : 1431 : qs->batch_callbacks = lappend(qs->batch_callbacks, item);
6888 : : }
6889 : : else
6890 : 74 : afterTriggers.batch_callbacks =
6891 : 74 : lappend(afterTriggers.batch_callbacks, item);
6892 : 1505 : MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
6893 : 1505 : }
6894 : :
6895 : : /*
6896 : : * FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks
6897 : : * Invoke all callbacks in the given list.
6898 : : *
6899 : : * Memory cleanup of the list and its items is handled by the caller
6900 : : * (AfterTriggerFreeQuery for query-level callbacks, AfterTriggerEndXact
6901 : : * for top-level deferred callbacks).
6902 : : */
6903 : : static void
6904 : 628575 : FireAfterTriggerBatchCallbacks(List *callbacks)
6905 : : {
6906 : : ListCell *lc;
6907 : :
6908 : : Assert(afterTriggers.firing_depth > 0);
6909 : 628575 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = true;
6910 [ + + + + : 629782 : foreach(lc, callbacks)
+ + ]
6911 : : {
6912 : 1505 : AfterTriggerCallbackItem *item = lfirst(lc);
6913 : :
6914 : 1505 : item->callback(item->arg);
6915 : : }
6916 : 628277 : afterTriggers.firing_batch_callbacks = false;
6917 : 628277 : }
6918 : :
6919 : : /*
6920 : : * AfterTriggerIsActive
6921 : : * Returns true if we're inside the after-trigger framework where
6922 : : * registered batch callbacks will actually be invoked.
6923 : : *
6924 : : * This is false during validateForeignKeyConstraint(), which calls
6925 : : * RI trigger functions directly outside the after-trigger framework.
6926 : : */
6927 : : bool
6928 : 605407 : AfterTriggerIsActive(void)
6929 : : {
6930 : 605407 : return afterTriggers.firing_depth > 0;
6931 : : }
|
